Search results
Pages
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1978-1979
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic
policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter
published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the
college, or the registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 1I,
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 32, EXPENSES
PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 102, FACULTY
PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 112, INDEX
PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in
January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation.
MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20
departments.
MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE.
. . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for
the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-ln-Aid.
SEMESTER.
. . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupatio~~al
opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities of character compatible with the
Christian faith.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admissions policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall,
(332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for
Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education
and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the
Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom
as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of
American Colleges.
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (notshown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H R . (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 1 35)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1 st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
2 1st Avenue South.
The Physical Plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at
Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to
each other.
Following is a brief description of each building.
A new music/classroom building is designed
and scheduled for completion in 1978.
Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large
number of classrooms and offices.
Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer
Center; well-equipped laboratories for
chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and
faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory
on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in
the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor
of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science
Hall and of similar contemporary architectural
design, it provides excellent resources for
research and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was
completed in 1961. This building named in
honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men
from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head
of the Christianity department, provides
excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics,
chapel services, and general auditorium
purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe
organs and equipment for class-piano
instruction.
The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in
1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal,
string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal
room for large groups.
dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student
government and student publications have
quarters in this building. The bookstore is also
located here. Spacious lounges and
recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an
eleven-story building providing living quarters
for 324 students. The building was named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who
have given several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the building is that
each floor is considered a "house unit"
providing the 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in
1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building
houses about 60 students and provides space
for several faculty and administrative offices.
Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964,
contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments
providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students.
A spacious lounge area as well as conference
rooms are located in this building.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964,
houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased
in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It
provides excellent housing for married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus area
provide accommodations for students, faculty,
and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired
in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other
speech activities.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for hockey,
recreational skating, and figure skating.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in
1967, is a center of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the Commons,
which is the main dining area, plus private
Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the
congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used
as a practice room for the band and other
instrumentalists.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a broad
liberal arts education as well as prepare them
for a career. A strong academic program in the
arts and sciences and in theology is available.
Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and the Christian
ministry is offered. The College prepares
students for graduate study in several
disciplines. Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student As Learner
A great deal has been written during the last
few years describing the responsibilities of a
college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its
task to provide consistently high quality
opportunities for learning along with support
systems which enhance the teaching-learning
process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity which
can be purchased. It is not equal to simply
buying so many courses and being exposed to
the activities of professors. Learning involves
the solitary inner struggle of the student who
investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the
materials and insights offered. When these
have become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither party
can elude its basic task.
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to study. The main
library, centrally located next to the Science
Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including
books, periodicals, records and various other
media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are
located within the departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes is available
via daily interloan and courier service among
the seven private liberal arts colleges and the
Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the
statewide network, the additional resources of
Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are
accessible to the Augsburg faculty and
students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with
assistance to meet diverse information needs
including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in
pursuing term paper topics, and directions to
other local sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides facilities
for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual
materials. Assistance with the production of
slides, transparencies, filmstrips and
audiolvideo tape recordings are available for
both faculty and students. Equipment such as
movie and slide projectors and tape recorders
may be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice on materials
selection are also available.
Faculty
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with
class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
,
In the humanities area, students may select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion.
Science courses may be chosen from biology,
chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in
social and behavioral sciences are offered in
the departments of economics, history, political
science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency
in English writing must be demonstrated. One
course from an approved list of courses
containing an emphasis on urban concerns is
required as is also proficiency in two lifetime
sports. For details on general education
requirements see under Academic
Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area
Studies are available through cooperative
programs with the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these
programs for further information. It is possible
for students to complete other majors also
through ACTC. Make application for such
majors through the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1
course.
Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 ,
352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a
second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics
124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60
semester-hour requirements should be chosen
from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please
refer to the bulletins published by the College
of Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of
liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with
the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science and the
Michigan Technological University. See under
Engineering for information on the course
requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one
or more writing and literature courses;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122;
Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral
sciences and humanities, 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
This two-year program has been designed to
fulfill minimum requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g., history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology,
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public
Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic
expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music,
humanities, theater, and upper division foreign
languages); anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 150,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN
CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the
St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course
each semester at another campus. No
additional fee is required for such an exchange,
except for private instruction in music and
some independent studies. See under
"Independent Study" for further details.
Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives,
to get better acquainted with the other schools,
or to undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges
have coordinated calendars. The interim term
may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free
between the campuses.
'
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help professional
people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring together
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental
hospital patients, guards, and students at
rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such
places as the Shakopee Institution for Women,
Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically
handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments
give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This
group is composed of colleges and universities
in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned
activities include innovative curricular programs
for students, interchange and sharing of
academic personnel and other college
resources, cooperative research projects,
foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of
the Upper Midwest.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical
Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg
offers work which enables qualified students to
receive a college degree with a major in
Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at one of
the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application to be approved by the director of
the program. Application should be made
during the spring semester of the sophomore
year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5
grade-point average in work completed in the
major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all.
All candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult with the Director regarding proper
sequence of courses.
ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY.
Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan
school emphasizing experiential-based learning,
may take classes at each other's campuses
under certain mutually satisfactory
arrangements. Interested persons should
contact the Academic Dean.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved
Officers Training programs for the various
armed services of the United States, such
programs are available in the metropolitan area
and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For
information, confer with the Dean of the
College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs. Since there is a limit on the number
of students who may study abroad each year it
is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG
NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior
year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; the University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In
addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in
lnternational Living, Augsburg students are
offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece,
Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal,
Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This
type of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of lnternational
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of International Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
both credit and non-credit, through its
Continuing Education Program. Classes are
generally in the evening. Since continuing
education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four
weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write the
Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed
to provide opportunities for qualified students to
pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated
course of study. Special seminars, colloquia,
honors student forums and options in
completing the general education requirements
are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses,
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts,
the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of
Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in
Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing,
and Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or
the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with
majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of
Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a major
aspect of your college life, but learning and
development also occur in formal and informal
activities and opportunities of the college and
metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident
or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life and the stimulation of faith.
Chapel services are held three times a week
and are both experimental and traditional in
character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist
service in the College Center is a valued
worship experience for many students. Students,
faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special
events are sponsored throughout the year and
a number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor
has an office in the College Center where you
can contact him for counseling, consultation or
ways to get more involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in
various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the
yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or
non-classroom related interests meet in the
Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to performing
on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and
several student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater arts
department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport.
Climaxing the intramural program is the
Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural
winners at various colleges. Check schedules
for times when there is open use of the
gymnasium and the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and
is a member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross-country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW).
The women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis,
and track.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerned with educating
the whole person and recognizes that the
context in which learning takes place is a
critical factor in achieving optimal growth.
Knowledge grows from more than intellectual
endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring
values, identifying life styles, developing
autonomy and interdependence, finding
purpose and commitment - all combine with
intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college on its
students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or at the time of
transfer, you will receive a copy of
SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College
Education. This book will help you assess the
possibilities in your education, choices i o make,
directions to consider and different destinations
for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development provides a
variety of services to help make your journey
as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of
the opportunities you may wish to participate in
are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first
academic year and register for classes. You
and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend
events in the metropolitan area and seek
answers to the many questions you have about
college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may be
uncertain about where you want to be when
you finish your undergraduate experience,
whether your life style will be a balanced one,
how work will provide opportunity for service
and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career
development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare
for entry into the next phase of your life. All
new students will have a chance to review their
interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series of
informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to
help you grow in understanding of yourself and
your relationship to others. Such topics as
PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in
Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on current
offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to
improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-taking, and testing by attending
one or more of the workshops offered. You
also will have an opportunity to meet with a
counselor to diagnose your needs. If a
particular course proves difficult, you can
arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for
all of us where we can handle challenges more
effectively by finding and discussing things with
someone who has more expertise. Counselors
are available to help you think through how you
can handle major or minor problems in a
constructive way. Consultation is provided on
questions of policy and procedure.
Minority Concerns. If you have some special
needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff
member to help you find out which resources
and programs will help meet your needs.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Staff who are able to facilitate the process of
group living as well as discuss personal
concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students,
two to a room, with their own lounge, study
and utility area.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is
an alternative to traditional residence-hall living.
It contains 104 one and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your
housing situation is to avail yourself of the
opportunity to bid for a house as a Special
Interest House. Groups of students have
created exciting projects by writing and
implementing educational impact proposals on
such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's
and Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
the basis of academic interests, and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students have available a second
adviser; one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live In college-operated
houslng.
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and
for answers to questions about deadlines and
procedures. Work opportunities both on and off
campus are also recorded. If you have financial
problems, this is a good place to work them
out.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and
clubs and by events sponsored by the student
government. If you need information or wish to
initiate a new group or activity, contact the
Student Activities Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
Student Financial Services
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of
Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside
Avenue across the street from the campus.
Vkfts are free except for special testing or
service, and prescriptions are available through
the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to
check your family health coverage to determine
if you are included; if not, a student health
insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center is the main food-service facility.
This pleasant room features small table units for
easy conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision-making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg. Student government is
organized into three branches: the executive
branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial
branch. Student-government elections are held
in the spring except for freshmen who elect
their representatives in the fall of their first year,
Many kinds of involvement are possible from
program planning to writing or editing to service
opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President in their
offices in the College Center.
International Students
If you are a student from a foreign country or
would like to be part of the activities of this
group, contact the faculty member who is
appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and has
provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and
review matters of concern. Any student who
wishes to identify appropriate procedures for
complaint should contact the Vice President for
Student Affairs if the concern is related to
student life and the Vice President for
Academic Affairs if the concern is related to
academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with the
Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Exceptions are parents' financial records and
confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under
conditions where students have signed a
waiver of right of access. Students have the
right to experience education free from
discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or
cultural background, creed, marital status or
age.
Persons seeking additional information on these
topics should contact the Center for Student
Development.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
The Application Process
For Freshmen
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and complete
it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 15 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based on
work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made and/or
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special (Non-degree)
Students
1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of
the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
731 21 st Ave. South
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent only the
transcripts of colleges attended since the last
enrollment at Augsburg.)
3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00
matriculation fee with their application form.
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made in
the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed at
Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is
available to help them in the transition to
college and ta the United States. Admission Is
based upon performance in secondary school
and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of
proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number
of scholarships is available.
'
Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg.
If they have an internationally valid health
insurance policy, a copy of the policy is
required.
For application forms and further information,
write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by December 10 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about January 1. After notification of
admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student is encouraged to withdraw applications
made to other colleges. The admissions
decision is based upon the academic record
through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit
which is non-refundable is required by February
1
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of
education. A prospective student who qualifies
for the program may choose Augsburg as a
home school and carry on a pre-planned course
of study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record.
Application for aid is made by completing the
Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the
American College Testing Program. While
Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is
required for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students
may instead submit the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1976-77, approximately
82% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships, grants, or loans totaling
$2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other
sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program to which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student
Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both
on-campus and off-campus work opportunities
are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg.
Other college-related expenses are those for
transportation to and from the campus.
Estimates should be based on nine months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts
should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.)
After you have written down estimates of your
expenses, make a list of all possible sources of
income, such as: contributions from parents'
earnings; personal and family savings; personal
earnings during vacation periods; earnings from
part-time jobs during academic year; benefits
from Social Security and/or Veteran's
Administration; aids or loans from other
relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources
other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers,
their parents' employers and any union to
which a family member belongs for possible
scholarship programs. High school guidance
counselors may have information about student
aid offered by church, civic, professional, or
fraternal organizations in a given locality.
Following you will find a summary of financial
aid programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan is
available from the Augsburg College Office of
Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses
and of all potential financial resources is the
best way to do your financial planning. Both
your own financial ability and that of your family
are considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for books and
supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are
$31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be
estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is
$1 500 per year.
Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG)
For students with proven financial need.
Available to full-time and part-time students.
Up to $1 400 per year depending on the
institutional costs and the student's eligibility.
Obtain application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children
of disabled or deceased veterans may
qualify for special benefits. Amount is
dependent upon eligibility as determined by
the Veteran's Administration. To apply,
contact the Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from Minnesota
State Student Loan Office.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one parent
(covered by Social Security) is retired,
deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent
upon eligibility as determined by the Social
Security Administration. To apply, contact
the Federal Social Security Administration
Office in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional
disabilities may qualify for special
assistance. Amount is dependent upon
eligibility as determined by the Vocational
Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your
local Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for
Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and ethnic
minorities and other eligible groups who are
either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are
members of an ALC congregation.
Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an
application from the American
Lutheran Church, Division of College and
University Services, 422 South Fifth Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application
deadline is April 1.
Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half the
normal full-time academic load.
If the adjusted family income of the student
is less than $25,000 per year or if financial
need is established for those not in this
category, the Federal Government pays the
full interest on the loan while the student is
in college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan.
Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost
of education whichever is less and the
aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are
limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State
Student Loan.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the
basis of scholastic achievement and need.
High School seniors who are Minnesota
residents are expected to apply.
Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed
one half of the applicant's demonstrated
financial need.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of
evident need. High school seniors and
community I junior college transfer students
who are Minnesota residents are expected to
apply.
In addition, persons who have not attended
a post-secondary institution for twelve
months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not
receive an application by December 1, contact
your high school guidance counselor or the
college financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS to The
American College Testing Program, Financial
Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa
52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080)
and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant
Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS
analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications
are automatically considered for the State
Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED
THROUGH THE COLLEGE
How To Apply
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in
the top 15% of their high school class with
above average aptitude test scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who have
shown academic potential and have financial
need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a
second year.
Educational
For students having exceptional financial
need who could not otherwise attend
college, and who carry at least one-half the
normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable
for 3 years. Will be matched by other
financial assistance such as loans,
scholarships, employment.
1. Apply for admission; for new students
this application is also the financial aid
application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS)
from high school counselor or Augsburg
College Financial Aid Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg
College. Augsburg's ACT code number is
2080. Financial statements received by April
1 will be considered first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the
College will accept the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied
verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal
Scholarship
awarded annually to able and
Averages approximately $1 000 per year.
Can be reapplied for each year although
renewal is not guaranteed.
2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson
Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to
-
deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended
by the committee.
-
two deserving juniorlsenior students.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need.
- awarded
annually to a worthy student of the College
selected by the scholarship committee.
3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp
-
awarded annually to an
able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
4. Memorial Scholarship
5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 to be
-
distributed by the scholarship committee to needy
students
6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen.
7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to
$1 000 each - awarded on the basis of
scholarship, achievement, character, leadership,
industry, personality, and need. Winners must be
junior or senior students who are residents of the
State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine,
Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate
appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to
Tozer Foundation (code 6577)
-
8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
-
1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans
awarded to
able and deserving upperclass students who are
policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans
Insurance Company.
2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have
demonstrated financial need.
-
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty
-
awarded annually to
Scholarshlp Program
Lutheran American minority students who show
financial need.
2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty
Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Black student.
-
3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal
Scholarshlp
Awarded periodically to an
American Negro student.
-
4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for
Mlnorlty Students
sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to
members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate
applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC
(Code 6591).
-
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal
Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in
the senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
-
2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, character and
interest in Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and
interest in Christian Service.
-
4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
awarded to a
Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund
Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a
missionary through the World Missions
Department of the American Lutheran Church.
-
-
5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp
awarded periodically to
students preparing for the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to an able and
deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by
the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are
interviewed and selected by donor.
-
-
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp
Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the
Christian faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical
Education faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
-
1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
awarded annually to an able and deserving male
student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and
academic achievement.
-
2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in
field of physical education.
3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and
academic achievement.
-
4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship
awarded to able and deserving women students
showing ability in women's athletics.
-
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded
to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
-
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to
a football player on basis of financial need.
-
7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field
of athletics.
8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund
-
awarded to two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic
scholarship is for male candidate only, with a
preference for basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology
Department faculty.
-
Blology Scholarships
established in 1972 by the
faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology,
Natural Science or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the
Business Administration faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship
- awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested in the field of business.
-
2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more
upperclass students who are interested in
business andlor education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry
faculty,
Awarded to students whose academic record
indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty
-
awarded to
The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp
qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are
student teaching.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty
-
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who
are majoring in English with preference given to
those who plan to teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp
-awarded to an outstanding student in the field
of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty
-
The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp
awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career
in the field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library
staff.
-
1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp
established
in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding
juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a
career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by
Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp
generally awarded to able and deserving
juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or
the sciences on basis of need and academic
ability.
-
2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics
Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving
student in the field of mathematics.
-
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern
Language faculty.
The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to juniorlsenior
students who are majoring in a modern language
with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
-
MUSIC
- Winners
selected by Music faculty.
-
1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor
instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over-all
academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp
awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of
outstanding promise in the field of music.
-
-
3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music
as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding
promise for achievement in the art of singing.
acquire musical and performance skills in
instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
-
6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund
awarded i o two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal
Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student
studying choral music.
-
-
4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp
awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp
awarded to upperclass students seeking to
SOCIOLOGY
-
-
Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded
annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
.-
--
..-#
,
l..\
y
C--m:;:
,, ,
C
;
, ..
.
.
. .
. r
, * ;
.
,-
-.
. ...
,-.-.:
.'
.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
- $3,100
Film Making, $70
Life Drawing, $1 0
Stagecraft, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1978. Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms for a
total of seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. If the student
elects to omit an interim or to graduate in
December, a refund is not authorized.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a
semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson
during the interim.
Practice Studio rental for each semester for one
hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim);
piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is one half the part-time rate per
course. Part-time students who take Lifetime
Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office with charges
according to the schedule on file.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all
new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$1 25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge is $250.00.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,500
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office
of Auxiliary Services.
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company.
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $25
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
1978-79 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $1 0.00
Tuition - $3,100
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Board and Room - $1,500
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
-
TUITION DEPOSIT
New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due
February 1 under Early Decision Program). The
deposit is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit.
Required at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September. Applied to the room
charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT
All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing educational program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half-year
billing period is due August 20, and the second
half-year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 20.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of hislher
registration andlor being released from hislher
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule:
through the first five days of classes.
from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No ref1und will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student be forced to cancel hislher
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports,
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication, and
Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation Requirements
Include the Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one
department, except 17 for Bachelor of
Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of
Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed
and independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
(two in the major except Elementary
Education and one in the minor if approved
by the department chairman) may apply
toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or more courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students. Students must
petition and receive permission to register for
more than 4.5 courses.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. A course from each of the following eight
areas (One course may fulfill the
requirement in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communications
& Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns.
Courses approved to meet this
requirement are published each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee is also charged for changing
registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses
after the first five days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or her
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer
courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-1 5 courses
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured,
primarily, by means of final examinations.
Shorter examinations or tests, written papers,
oral reports, and other types of evaluation are
also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
the PIN grading system. Some education
courses are graded only on the PIN system;
some others are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Students may select the traditional grading
system in most other courses. Students are
cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care
since some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration card
those courses which they wish to take on the
PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of
grading system must be made during the first
two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged
after the first five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded P1O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing stating the reasons for requesting it,
the plan and date for removing it, and
comments from the instructor of the course. If
permission to receive an I grade is granted, it
must be removed during the following
semester. If the incomplete is not removed
during the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the
incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and grades
earned the second time are counted toward
graduation and in the grade point average.
Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit; they
may, however, be audited.
Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402,
and several interim courses are graded only on
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions
to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.79 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
In order to qualify for graduation with distinction
transfer students must have completed two
years (fourteen graded courses) of work at
Augsburg College.
lndependent Study
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the
Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of
other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more courses
are classified as full-time students. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any
change in registration andlor academic load to
the Office of the Registrar.
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive
terms in which they did not earn a minimum of
three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I)
may b e given only in the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a
grade of X is given at the end of the first term,
and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's
academic load for the term below three courses
will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirements of
the Veterans Administration regarding
repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit by
examinations should consult with department
chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be
earned through the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive
examinations.
Classification
..
Sophomore . . 7 courses. . .
I 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points
Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points
.
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course is offered for one course credit.
A few fractional courses (one-half course credit)
are offered in the Division of Professional
Studies.
A full course has the approximate value of 4
semester credits. A total of 35 courses is
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes
to determine definit
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
profile
Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts
College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The
College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the
North Central Association of...
Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
profile
Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts
College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The
College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools,
the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of University Women.
Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the
American Council on Education, the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie
Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private
College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and
Universities.
Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts
education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree
offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for
teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical
technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions.
Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of
engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law,
and for graduate study in various fields,
Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate
Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area
of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries,
museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity
to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural
activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of
Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest
hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for
careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly
atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students
participate in all phases of campus community life under the
direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty.
Development: A comprehensive development program is in
operation which will, over the years, add additional land and
buildings to the Augsburg College campus.
S
SEPTEMBER
T W T
M
F
S
Fall Semester 1964-65
. . . . . Freshman Days
Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration
Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin
Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.)
........ Late registration fee
1 ..................Homecoming
OCTOBER
T W T F S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8
9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 23 30 31
S
M
S
M
Sept. 16 (Wed.)
Oct. 29-Nov.
Nov. 12 (Thurs.)
... End first half
Thanksgiving recess
Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.)
................... Christmas
Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.)
Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.)
recess begins
..... Classes resume
. . Final examinations
.........
Jan. 26 (Tues.)
F
S
F
4
11
18
25
S
5
12
19
26
F
S
of Semester
Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.)
.......................
NOVEMBER
T W T
DECEMBER
T W T
1
2
3
6
7
8
9 10
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30 31
~
S
M
S
M
JANUARY
T W T
1
7
First Semester ends
S
M
FEBRUARY
T W T
F
S
S
M
MARCH
T W T
F
S
S
M
T
APRIL
W T
F
S
S
M
T
MAY
W T
F
S
Spring Semester 1965
.................. Registration
Feb. 2 (Tues.)
Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.)
Feb. 3 (Wed.)
....... Classes begin
.......... Late
Mar. 30 (Tues.)
...
registration fee
End first half of Semester
April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.)
....................... Easter recess begins
April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends
May 19 (Wed.)
May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.)
May 30 (Sun.)
May 30 (Sun.)
1
.................. Reading Day
. . Final examinations
........ Baccalaureate service
............... Commencement
S
M
T
JUNE
W T
F
S
S
SEPTEMBER
T W T
M
F
S
Fall Semester 1 965-66
S
. . . . . Freshman
Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.)
OCTOBER
T W T
M
F
S
Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.)
S
NOVEMBER
T W T
M
F
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes
Sept. 15 (Wed.)
. . . . . . . . . Late
Oct. 28-31
Homecoming
End first half of Semester
Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.)
DECEMBER
T W T
M
..
begin
registration fee
......................
Nov. 11 (Thurs.)
S
. . . . . . . Registration
Sept. 15 (Wed.
S
Days
F
S
.......................
Thanksgiving recess
Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.)
S
..................
JANUARY
T W T
M
F
S
Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.)
...... Classes resume
Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.)
. . Final examinations
Jan. 25 (Tues.)
M
FEBRUARY
T W T
S
M
MARCH
T W T
F
S
S
M
T
APRIL
W T
F
S
S
F
Christmas recess begins
.......... First
Semester ends
S
Spring Semester 1966
................... Registration
Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin
Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee
April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester
Feb. 1 (Tues.)
April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins
S
M
MAY
T W T
April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends
F
S
May 25 (Wed.)
................. Reading
Day
May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.)
S
M
T
JUNE
W T
F
S
........................ Final examinations
June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service
June 5 (Sun.)
............... Commencement
historical sketch
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in
1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the
first theological school founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through
an arrangement with a private institution
known as Marshall Academy, the
Seminary was at first housed in the
academy building. Students who needed
further preparation in academic subjects
were to obtain this in the academy. In the
autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was
removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where
a building had been erected for its use. In
the same year the school was incor~orated
under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was
to train ministers for the Lutheran
congregations which were being organized
in growing numbers in the pioneer
settlements that were spreading rapidly
over the Northwest.
The College was established when it
became evident that in order to get
students who were adequately prepared for
theological study a college department was
needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned
which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work
along two lines, a classical course to
prepare students for theology, and a
scientific course to prepare for other
professions. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was
graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering
three years was established which in 1910
was expanded t o a standard four-year
course. This was discontinued in 1933. In
the years 1916-1919 the college course was
thoroughly revised. As a result of this
and of subsequent growth, the earlier
classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific
studies and a more general emphasis upon
the study of the humanities. In recent years
there has been continuous study and
modification of the curriculum including
G E NERAL
INFORMATIOR
the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The divisional organization
was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are
offered.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922.
In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free
Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College
became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close
of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963,
Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther
Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the
merged church.
Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course
of its history:
Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1869-1876
Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907
1907-1911
Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937
George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938
Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962
Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963
Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present
aims and objectives
IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of
Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character
of this institution.
Ultimate Aims
To contribute t o the true good of human life and society.
To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church.
Basic Philosophy
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d
God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this potential is realized only
insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o
relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the
Christian college performs its greatest service both to the
Church and to society.
Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion,
but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common
search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth
in relation to ultimate Truth.
Primary Objectives
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine
religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a
program of Christian higher education.
To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical well-being of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound
academic work.
To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of
their homes and communities.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience
of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life
and learning.
To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar
aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel
that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate
thereto.
F
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an
opportunity for service to God and man.
Distinctive Character
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who
sought to play a creative role in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in
the life of the college community today.
the alumni association
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable
graduates and former students to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater.
The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year.
Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors.
The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside
Avenue.
the physical plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg
are conveniently located in relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of
classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry,
physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty
offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor.
The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was
completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms,
a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed
in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of
the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate
athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been
remodeled to serve the needs of the music department.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to
provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large
classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing,
painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first
floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development
Offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall
Gerda Mortensen Hall
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground
floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for
about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the
resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates
the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger
dormitory.
Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda,
Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each
accommodating from 8 to 20 women students.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent
years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty,
staff, men students, and married student housing.
the archives
The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod
quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording
extensive resources for scholarly research.
library facilities
The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library
provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and
students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of
pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes
each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two
large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet
study and research materials close at hand. All books are
kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able
and well-trained staff, is available to students.
Special collections have been developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science
Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional
conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or
small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor
reading room.
The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals
dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active role in promoting general reading,
presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty, staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year.
natural science laboratories
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office
space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger
laboratories and two special research laboratories for
Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the
third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near
the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also
located here.
P.' I
A considerable part of the income on
which Augsburg operates is derived from
endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the
fees charged the student do not constitute
the whole cost of his education, for he
enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those
who believe in and support the work of
the school.
guaranteed tuition plan
In order to assist students and parents
in planning ahead for tuition payments,
which are the major item of college
expense, Augsburg College offers a
Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the
tuition cost for four years of college.
Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964,
who sign up for the plan, will have
their tuition cost guaranteed for eight
consecutive semesters a t a total cost of
$3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year)
as follows:
The larger charges in the first two years
build up a reserve available for the last
two years. If the student on this plan
voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve.
If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve
will be refunded.
Those who do not elect t o sign up for the
Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled
in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of
$450 per semester and at whatever level
the fee is set in subsequent years.
FINANCIAL
general expenses per semester *
Regular
Tuition Plan
Tuition (includes Student Activity
$450.00
Fee of $1 1.00)
7.50
Student Union Fee
1.00
Lo'cker (Optional)
Guaranteed
Tuition Plan
$500.00
7.50
1.00
TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES
PER SEMESTER
$458.50
$508.50
Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester.
Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up
t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay
the regular tuition charge.
room and board expenses
per semester"
WOMEN
Min.
Max.
$125.00 $130.00
150.00
125.00
1.OO
1.00
MEN
Min.
Max.
$120.00
$120.00
175.00
225.00
1.00
1.OO
Room
Board *
Key Deposit
(refundable)
Breakage Deposit
-0-015.00
15.00
(refundable)
TOTAL ROOM & BOARD
PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00
*Women students in residence are required to buy and use
a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men
students $175.00.
music fees per semester "
Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00
8.00
Piano studio rental (one hour per day)
20.00
Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00
*
Subject t o change
special fees"
-
Application fee -,
,- -,
- -,
,
,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
- - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00
Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00
Change of registration after the beginning of the second
week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-,
-,
- - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00
Placement fee ,-,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00
------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one
,
,,
- -,
,-- - -,
,
-- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
scheduled ,,,,-,
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00
Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00
Student teaching
20.00
. .
Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00
Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00
------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students
10.00
not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-,
-
------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4---
estimated expenses per semester "*
MEN
WOMEN
Min.
Max.
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS
$458.50
General expenses
$508.50
Special, music, books 25.00
100.00
$608.50
TOTAL
$483.50
Min.
Max.
$458.50
25.00
$483.50
$508.50
100.00
$608.50
RESIDENT STUDENTS
$458.50
General expenses
Room & Board
251.00
Special, music, books 25.00
TOTAL
$734.50
$458.50
311.00
25.00
$794.50
$508.50
361.00
100.00
$969.50
$508.50
281.00
100.00
$889.50
* * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
refunds
Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his
registration before the middle of any semester will be charged
a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and
special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund
after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to
enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition.
V u b j e c t to change
payment of accounts
Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in
September and February. Parents may deposit money in
advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment
when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For
cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's
office at the time of payment.
Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses
a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted
the following payment plans:
DATE PAYMENT DUE
n
OFF-CAMPUS
RESIDENT
STUDENTS
STUDENTS
Guaranteed
Guaranteed
Tuition
Regular Tuition
Regular
Tuition
Plan
Tuition
Plan
or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due October 15th
85.00
95.00
125.00 135.00
Due November 15th
85.00
135.00
125.00
95.00
Due December 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due January 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due February 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due March 15th
85.00
135.00
125.00
95.00
Due April 15th
85.00
Due May 15th
Balance Balance Balance Balance
In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for
the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made,
an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is
late.
financia 1 assistance
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg.
Students must complete an application form and meet certain
requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives
assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the
campus.
loan funds
18
Several loan funds have been established to assist students
in working out their financial problems. Loans may be
arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods
of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance
t o students preparing for theological study.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established
in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is
available t o selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan
Fund is available to students who are preparing for the
ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established
by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National
Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students
capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of
study. Special consideration is given to those students who
express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools
and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior
capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering
or modern foreign languages.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans
made by local banks to college students requiring financial
assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo
Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial
reserves required.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee
on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on financial matters with the objective in
mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for
his finances.
scholarships and prizes
Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these
scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic
record is 2.0 or better.
A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the
upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on
scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are
renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average.
Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
each year to students who are highly recommended by the
chairman of their major department. These scholarships are
renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75
or better.
Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to
selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better
who apply to the Student Personnel Committee.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year
to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships
may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full
tuition.
The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by
Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a
scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg
College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student
selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in
1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the
Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir.
It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of
outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in
1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her
brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who
has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding
promise or. achicwement in the art of singing.
20
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the
memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911
to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of
outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further
for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is
five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established
in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis
in n ~ e ~ n o rof
y their son who gave his life in the conquest of
Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student
selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society
and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors.
The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the
junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic
standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards,
totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students
of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor
Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from
1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for
the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of
Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in
1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New
York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College.
The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of
need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory
of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college
from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the
memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg
from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in
the field of chemistry.
The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry
to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor
of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award
is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise
of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor
of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual
award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a
student whose academic background indicates promising
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
was established by friends and the department of chemistry
in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a
student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death
in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promise of achievement in
the field of chemistry.
f
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry
Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff.
The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose
record indicates promise in the field of chemistry.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in
1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The
scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of
academic achievement, personal character and promise of
achievement in the field of physical education.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A.
Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to
1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an
outstanding student in the field of English.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding
students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for
use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which
is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on
the basis of previous academic performance. No award will
be in excess of financial need.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of
the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or
senior students.
The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family
and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a
member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his
death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis
of achievement in the field of music.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and
Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount
of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing
for service in the Christian ministry.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund
was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family
and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of
Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free
Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class
who are preparing for the ministry.
The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an
Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t
Lamberton, Minnesota.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by
a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund
is awarded annually to freshman students who, without
assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in
1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of
Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an
able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by
the Scholarship Committee.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg
in order to encourage and assist promising students in the
carrying out of projects of graduate study.
The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established
in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband.
A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from
another country in order to prepare that student to make a
contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the
relationship of that country and the United States.
The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife.
Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and
promising students in the field of English or the language arts.
The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in
1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his
wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs.
Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the
persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern
about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially
active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation.
The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the
scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified
students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with
special interest in the problems of modern society that are
reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other
personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their
efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the
Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two
scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be
awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The
recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith
who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue
training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to
scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and
skills in working with people are considered in making this
award.
grants-in-aid
Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who
are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these
grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined
by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated
expenses of both the student and his family.
employment service
An employment service, located in the Personnel Office,
assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work.
Many students find it possible to pay part of their college
expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work
available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership,
restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial
and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment
not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is
desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire
expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may
then be secured in accordance with the need of the student
and his ability to handle extra work.
Students are employed by the college in several areas. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided
each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel
Office.
application procedure
Applications for admission to Augsburg
College should be made to the Director of
Admissions. Students may apply for
admission as soon as they have completed
their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in
which the student seeks admission. No
applications are accepted after September
1. Early applicants gain an advantage both
in registration and housing. Notification
of admission is normally sent to a student
as soon as the application is complete.
Instructions for applying for admission:
(1) Obtain an application form by writing
or visiting:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
(2) Complete and return the application
form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph.
(3) Request your high school to send us
a copy of your high school record and
test results. Transfer students will
request the previous college or
colleges to send an official transcript
of grades together with results of
standardized .tests taken.
(4) After acceptance, all new students are
required to make a $50 non-refundable
tuition deposit. This deposit may be
made any time before July 1; for those
admitted thereafter, it is due within
two weeks after notification of
acceptance.
(5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required.
admission requirements
The quality of a student's work in high
school, type of course program, scores on
college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering
an application. Augsburg College seeks
ADMISSION
TO THE
students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t
least in the upper half, and score average or above on college
aptitude tests.
It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic
subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should
include four units of English, and at least two units each
of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science.
A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and
equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork.
For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the
American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination
Board is required.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will
be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the
Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must
be received before the student will be permitted t o register.
transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and
universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited
institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is
computed on the basis of work transferred together with that
taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is
allowed on transfer from a junior college.
advanced placement
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify,
on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to
enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may
be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course
previously completed.
advanced standing
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to
high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
'
I.
The influences which mould life and
character on a college campus are of many
kinds. While the exercises of classroom,
laboratory, and library form the organizing
basis of college activity, they need to be
supplemented by other than academic
forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do
with creating the spirit of an institution.
At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a wholesome
spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side
of their development and thus contribute
toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct
t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat
tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail
atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth
as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd
in each life.
All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in
Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary
religious activities in which students are
encouraged to participate. Faith and Life
Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is
assumed that every Augsburg student will
find a church home in Minneapolis and
attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life,
conduct, and influence, both on and off
campus, shall be worthy of a member of
a Christian College. Those who do not feel
drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should
not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A
truly Christian spirit and environment
must be the product of the united effort
and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
The Chapel Service
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service,
CAMPUS LIFE
where the faculty and students gather for united worship,
prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
recreation standards and discipline
Introduction
At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain
Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation
to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person
of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the
Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to
things. The fact that God not only created the world but
became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to
be despised.
The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It
follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end.
It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much
concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg
should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must
be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal
to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the
world.
The Program
In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is
conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college
of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy
opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of
the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational
and social program which gives preference to those activities
which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which
enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or
encourage selfish satisfactions.
The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet
these requirements. The social program includes a number of
organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In
attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg
students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and
many of those which are available in the Twin City area.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program,
some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities.
The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the
possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any
college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or
ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of
the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in
all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time
may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may
be developed. Such common activities as television viewing
and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting
and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical
values.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience,
the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt
themselves to the social program approved by the college and
to follow it as members of the college community. Although
the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters
only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it
reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action
shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available
campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have
been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with
through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office
of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation
and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
religious program
The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and
faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will
stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community.
Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of
Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries
primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and
Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and
discussions.
This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all
voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal
organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA
seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith
and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a
schedule of meetings on campus.
The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes
interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship,
worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission
Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers.
convocation
Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range
of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social,
religious, and artistic.
social and recreational activities
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for
social training and recreation. The Student Council through the
Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming
Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month
and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most
of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women
Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas,
dinners, and social affairs on and off campus.
Music and the Fine Arts
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational
and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer.
Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis
Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City
libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum
in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and
other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of
music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony
Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket
arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University
and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters.
A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts,
a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the
Student Personnel Office.
student government
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time
students enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full
capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the
democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president,
resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists
of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for
one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist
him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is
the twenty member legislative branch of the government.
Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates
in student government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose
rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the
College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers
legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects
the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students
in the United States. Through this organization the students.
receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add
their voice to the voice of all American students before the
national government and other organizations in matters of
student concern.
The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political
Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic
Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a
part of Freshman Orientation.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women
students, provides opportunity for the women to develop
meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of
harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high
standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it
encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated
with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a
national organization.
Publications
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by
a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body
as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an
opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic
work.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial
record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual
provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design
as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors;
business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the
Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select
editors and business managers for the campus publications.
The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a
student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student
Personnel Services.
The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under
the direction of the Registrar.
co-curricular program
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to
pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective
participation, students with similar interests have united to
form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond
the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in
the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands.
The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the
students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an
interest in art.
The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study
in the biological sciences.
The Business Club draws membership from the business and
secretarial classes. The development of professional interests
is the major objective.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and
minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on
current topics in this specific area.
The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American
students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language,
and people of the various countries.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its
members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage
presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading
and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students.
Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is
open only to qualified upper-classmen.
The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field
of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio
station on the campus.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in
professional education associations and strives to acquaint
future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home
Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes
toward all aspects of home and community life.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of
psychology.
The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to
stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national
politics, and in other human-relations activities.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and
developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish
culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing
for professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing
ushers for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative
expression in various forms of writing. The members share
their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit
from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection
of the best creative writing each year.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond
of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the
highest possible plane."
The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member
of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
Membership in this organization is gained by participation in
individual and group recreational activities with awards given
on a point basis.
Forensics
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both
in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also
participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
The Genung Endowment
The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S.
Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their
interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available
each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to
carry out a project for the improvement of international
relations on a student to student level.
musical organzzatzons
The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected
from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and
occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June,
1965.
The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour
and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a
Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles.
The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours
annually.
The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City
area and makes short tours in the vicinity.
The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs
frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of
standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists
and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides
opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental
string technique.
physical education and recreation
Under the direction of the Department of Physical
Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged
for general student participation. Every student is urged to
participate in some activity for his own recreation and
relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities.
Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a
tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams
in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an
intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its
Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the
conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators.
The educational program of the college recognizes that
recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and
that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental,
and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the
fact that competitive play can contribute to the development
of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The
student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit,
both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character
as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation.
(2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests,
and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations
as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his
own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his
educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's
participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute
directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and
exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade
performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students,
and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate
athletic program should contribute to the development
of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it
take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and
general recreational program.
eligibility requirements
In order to participate in certain extracurricular and
cocurricular activities, students must meet established
eligibility requirements.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is
governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference.
A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including
Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices,
nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may
be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student
Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the
Coordinator of Student Activities for approval.
A student on academic probation may not participate in the
Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in
a dramatic production without special permission from the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
honors and awards
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved
the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have
attended Augsburg for a t least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic
average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before
a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society,
are to recognize academic achievement and to promote
scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor
point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while
Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may
be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made
a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in
which the student is eligible.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association
of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the
social sciences is required for election to membership.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize
and honor those members of the senior graduating class who
have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation
in extra-curricular activities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor
point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work
at Augsburg College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged
to be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is
to remain in the possession of the college.
student personnel services
Institutional services to students are organized and
administered in accordance with plans and policies established
by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation,
Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and
Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Admissions
Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available
from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t
all possible. Other information concerning admission and
entrance requirements can be found in another section of the
catalog.
Counseling
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning
experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as
uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning,
religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and
social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with
the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions.
It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more
realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world,
and keener awareness of resources available to them as they
meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several
levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling
program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty
counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field
of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his
counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have
specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing
with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the
Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women,
respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the
Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans
and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem
develops which demands professional skill and more time than
the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is
referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of
Women. A further referral may be made to the College
Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College
Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The
College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the
latter case.
Testing
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their
initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational
interest test profile help the students learn to know more about
themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and
occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the
graduate record examinations.
Freshman Orientation
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman
Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The
students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college
facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students,
with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty
counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several
conferences during which they plan the student's program
of study.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for
interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the
increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this
course.
Records
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and
achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports
of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
The Student Health Service
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located
in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the
report of a physical examination given by his family physician.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis
Association Mobile Unit.
Housing and Food Service
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the
students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes
that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment
in the residence halls are direct influences on their general
efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development
while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the
Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and
Personnel Deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and
attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as
resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred
to them.
All women students and freshman men students not living a t
home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students
desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure
approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel
Office. All students living in the residences and most students
in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining
room. The college also provides two houses for women with a
cooperative house plan.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular
schedules become effective, and they close a day after the
term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during
vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished
except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost.
This service is required of all women students in Gerda
Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other
students.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester
for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit
of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is
applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new
students are assigned in the late summer according to the date
of application. Present students must make room application
prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After
May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the
same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary
to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the
deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15
breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end
of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and
the furniture is satisfactory.
Graduate Placement
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business,
governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and
organizations at the local as well as the state and national
levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A
registration fee and a small placement fee are charged.
Student Employment
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel
Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative
work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer.
Coordination of Student Activities
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers
to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and
keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of
meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are
approved by the Coordinator.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility
of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the
legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society.
Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the
Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept
by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations.
I
4
registration
Students who have been accepted for
admission should register on the days
designated in the Calendar for this
purpose. Those who register late are
charged a late registration fee of $1 per
day after classes begin. The last date on
which a student may register for or enter
a course is two weeks after the beginning
of classes.
Registration means that the student
accepts all the rules and regulations
established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any
subject for which-he has not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel
any course for which there is not sufficient
registration.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours.
A credit hour is defined as one recitation
period a week throughout a semester. The
privilege of registering for more than 18
credit hours is granted to students who
have gained an average record of B, or
two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this
rule may be made under certain conditions
determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is
permitted to carry work for more than 20
credits per semester. Students working
part-time are urged to arrange the amount
of their registration accordingly.
change of registration
and cancellation
In case a student desires to make any
changes in his registration, he obtains a
form from the Registrar's Office on which
he makes application. Approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser,
and the Registrar must be obtained before
a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is
charged for each change of registration
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATIOP
after the first week of classes. No course may be added after
the first two weeks of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of
classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before
the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled
is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he
is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the
last four weeks of the semester.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the
end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's
Office in order to remain in good standing.
university courses
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students
may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average
in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of
credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg
College and counted towards graduation.
classification
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes,
a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of
work in which college credit is given. Classification is based
on the attainment of the following number of credit hours
together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24;
Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as
special students.
pro bation and elimination
The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the
end of each semester, considers the status of students who
have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor
point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors
and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more
credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation.
They are removed from probation when they obtain better than
C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain
in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low
scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic
record.
F
class attendance
Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower
Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is
voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of
attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are
submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness
or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written
report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade
of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented
acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of
that class.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of
participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are
issued by the Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving
in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their
presence to the teacher.
examinations
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the
course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors
and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each
semester to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of
each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final
examination in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A
student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an
excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some
period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the
College to take a final examination a t another hour than that
scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination.
Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a
statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher
concerned.
comprehensive examinations
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses
in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
believes the student has adequate preparation or background.
Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must
apply in writing to this committee. When permission is
granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the
office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not
currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be
paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will
be filed in the Registrar's office.
grade values
A
- - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit
B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit
Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit
C
D
Passable, no honor points per credit
F
Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit
..
E
Condition
I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete
-
-
-
-
_
,
-
L
-
-
-
L
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
u
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
L
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
conditions and incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the
semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes
of the following semester, or within a year if the student has
not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed
within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes
a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade
only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high.
The final grade after the condition examination is taken may
not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the
end of a semester.
graduation requirements
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain
requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and
grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is
urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of
the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major.
It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes
the required subjects at the right time in his program of
studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will
gladly assist him in planning his program.
general education requirements
For a general college education and as a basis for study
in professional fields, students are required to complete credits
as indicated in the following fields:
..
Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits
At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper
division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may
apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of
2 credits per semester of attendance.
Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12
-,
--,
,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits
Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -,
,--,
,2credits
--Fine Arts -- ,-,
,
,-,
_-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-,
-- 2 credits
Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29
Foreign Language - - - - - ,----,
,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits
0 - If four years of one language have been successfully
completed in high school.
6 - If student has sufficient background in the language
to enroll in the intermediate course.
14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign
language in high school.
Students with two years of a foreign language in high school
should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate
course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning
course, but will receive credit only for the second semester
of it.
Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits
Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2
Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits
At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in
the physical sciences
Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4
All students are required to take an English test a t the end
of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency
in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree.
Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion
of the general education requirements in four years, exemption
or modification of these requirements may be sought through
petition.
Major and Minor
All students are required to complete a major for graduation.
The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well
as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the
quality of work he does in lower division courses.
Application for major must be made to the Head of the
Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the
following areas:
Business Education
Religion
Art
Home Econo'mics
Philosophy
History
Medical Technology
Greek and Latin
Sociology
Biology
English
Social S'cience
Physics
German
Psychology
Chemistry
French
Elementary Education
Natural Science
Spanish
Business Administration
Mathematics
Speech
Economics
Physical Education
Music
1
Except with special majors such as music, business education,
home economics, and combined natural science, students in
the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor
as well as a major.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
Electives
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge
and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major.
A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to
count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle,
choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least
36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed
for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation
period a week throughout one semester.
I
1
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with
a grade of A.
Residence Requirement
To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
degree with distinction
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Distinction
Honor point ratio
Summa Cum Laude ,-,
,
-,
- - -,
- - ,-,
--,
- - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0
Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79
Cum Laude ,,,,,,-,
,
- -,
-,
- - -,
,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record
a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
+
I
courses onered
Descriptions of the courses offered in
1964-66 are given on the following pages.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes. Courses with inadequate
registration may be cancelled. Students
should consult the schedule of classes to
determine definitely the current course
offerings.
numbering of courses
IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester
courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I,
I1 after the descriptive title also indicate
the semester in which the course is to be
offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for
freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50
through 99 are upper division courses
intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen
(1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must
be completed before credit is given. Course
numbers separated by a comma (1, 2)
indicate that it is a year course, but
students may receive credit for one
semester without completing the other.
symbols
t Continuation course. To receive credit for
this course a student must complete both
semesters.
# Course may be taken with consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
credits
0 Credits shown are in terms of semester
credits. For continuation courses, the total
COURSES
OF STUDY
credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally
meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting
per week are more than the credits given. A semester is
approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a
student is 16 credit hours per semester.
divisional organization
The college courses are organized into four divisions in
order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient
and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is
appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements.
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Religion
Philosophy
Division of the Humanities
Greek, Latin
English, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
Division of the Social Sciences
History, Political Science, Geography
sociology
Psychology
Education, Library Science
Business Administration, Economics
Business Education
Home Economics
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
division of
RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY
Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the
problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to
seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within
the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the
development of an informed and integrated Christian person
who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the
Church and of society.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson,
Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen.
Mr. P. A.
The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working
knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church
through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these
credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper
division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered
51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required
to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses
3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division
courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the
time of admission.
A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish
education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors
must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their
course of study.
Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek
may apply toward the major in religion.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
2, 2 crs,
1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It.
A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two
Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of
the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts
incllrd~1Re entile New Testament.
Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram.
2 crs.
3. Church History. I.
A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with
the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation.
4. Christian Doctrine. II.
2 crs.
TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical
creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51. Principles of Christian Education. I.
3 crs.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education,
its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as
applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching.
52. Parish Work. II.
2 crs.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization
and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
54. Youth Work in the Church. II.
2 crs.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the
purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
61. History of Religions. I.
3 crs.
A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and
development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied.
62. The Mission of the Church. II.
3 crs.
A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks
to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world.
66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II.
See course 66 under the Department of Music.
3 crs.
3 crs.
71. The Early Christian Fathers. I.
The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early c l ~ u r c h .
3 crs.
72. Protestantism in America. 11.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture.
3 crs.
81. The Gospels. I.
The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God.
3 crs.
82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II.
A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the
leading ideas that emerge from his writings.
3 crs.
83. The Message of the Old Testament. I.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I.
3 crs.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of
the Christian Church.
92. Christian Ethics. 11.
3 crs.
The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their
application to selected personal and social moral problems.
3 crs.
94. The Christian View of Man. 11.
The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i
The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of
sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals.
Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.)
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
3 crs.
23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.)
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning;
definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e
duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas.
3 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11.
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the
systems of Kant and Hegel.
53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66)
3 crs.
54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.)
73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1.
3 crs.
A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e
cedures. (Offered 1965-66.)
85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1.
3 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special
attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered
1964-65.)
86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11.
3 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of
the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.)
91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq.
#. I,
II.
1-3,
1-3 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi-
60
cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the
head of the department.
division of
THE HUMANITIES
Mr. Thorson, Chairman
It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to
transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the
cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in
finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the
cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature,
and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the
basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN
Mr. Colacci
The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight
into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the
Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries.
,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament
Greek and'l4 credits in Latin.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
N e w Testament Greek
~ h o
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ...
Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ....~...................
....,.,.,.. .. .
....... .......44
..........................................................5
.............................................................34
.................................................................35
............................................36
Introduction
Calendar
About this Catalog
Options
Visiting Students
Augsburg Courses
UMAIE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term.
Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for
a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student
who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim
courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such
Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students
registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number
of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full
time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
For More Information
Interim Office Memorial 230)
Interim*tary,
Kay Thoat =lo25
Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b)
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Interim Calendar 1990
.............................................................Interim Registration
...........................................................................
Late Interim Registration
.........................................................................................
First Day of Interim
October 29 -November 2
December 3
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
........+..C..H...U
.....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd
...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar
January 3
January 16
January 18
January 30
February 4
..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
....................................................................................................
Interim Ends
................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will
be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at
9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special
convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by
Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions
and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial
230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27
international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of
this catalog.
Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent
study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for
more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue
independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at
least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these
Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help
students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at
Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 .
Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted
for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution
agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The
waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $708 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the
Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
The Florida Keys: Marine Biology
of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys
This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern
Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key
during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two
distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John
Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental
sections of this catalog (Biology and English.)
The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by
the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba
diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to
Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All
students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended
that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the
writing which has emerged from this interesting environment.
A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare),
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Marine Biology of The Florida Keys
BIO 140-41048; 340-41049
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms
and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers
laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field
trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow
bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from
these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct
specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a
short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to
the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will
interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further
information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida
Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal
based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will
also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111
and 112 or equivalent.
Distribution: BiologyIChemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Molds, Mushrooms and Humans
BIO 141-41047
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often
neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir
the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal
importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips.
Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom
demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-41001
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill
of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science
backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for
understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis
in-ted
in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living.
Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early
scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to
chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand
processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on
and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion
This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe
lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets
a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room Science 315
A Labaatory Intro&m
to Chemisty
<31M113.41002
Instructar: JoanKunz
Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from
solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other
c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to
&anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis
muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for
instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand
chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and
dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week
day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work,
tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw
murse.
Distributiom Biology/Chemistry
Time:I
Room Science 315
COBOL
CSC 27141003
Instructo~:LanyRagland
A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious
howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e
gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL
together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include
lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
progaming assignments and examinations.
Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170)
Time:I
Room: Science 112
Puinciples of Miaaeconornics
ECO 1l%4100Q
Instrudo~Satva Guvta
~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic
theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time:I
Room: Library 1
C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim
y
Betzueen East and West
ECO 319-41037
Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp
In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries
with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc
conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t
developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an
understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with
diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics
in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions
and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained,
including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on
East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to
identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam
(takehome),and a
paper.
Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~
and Orgm'mtbns
ECO 31%41038
Instrudac Milo Schield
Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of
humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~
Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial
clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty
rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic
theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public
choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic
theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State).
Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic
ImperMsm".
Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning.
I quizzes,paper and final.
Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly
Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO).
Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science,
Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Science319
For more Economics listings, see Page 36
Human Relations
EDS 38841050
Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons
This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups
in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members
with interaction from class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting?
How might you gain more knowledge of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 10
Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten
EDE 37541005
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class
students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a
kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill:
A. Stms key adult/child relationships.
B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby
current mearchand practices in education settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - '%ow to learn".
E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans.
ER
mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the
kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices.
H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the
needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakem and field trips.
Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to
iden*
1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten
2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories
behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h
students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit
COum.
Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess.
Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
wtiw o f t h r n w q s
ENG 13641051
Instructo~JohnMitchell
This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in
with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment
co-(E
itself will involve an interdisciplina~~
program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine
Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key
WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read
one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50
writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace
Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams,
Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe
week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District
of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove
islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams;
and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture,
and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men?
tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12
pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting.
This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern
Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during
most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct
course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell.
Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of
this catalog (Biology and English)
The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by
thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for
thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will
study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and
in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for
which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent
between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this
interesting environment.
A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) ,
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I
Room: Old Main l2
The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm
1
I
mG~1007/MW10a)
Instructoc Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered
,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby
mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of
the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of
classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe
c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the
basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not
yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel.
Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions,
write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take
several quizzes and a finalscam
Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and
p~epw
a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it.
All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel&
original fiction from theclass.
Prerrquisite: Effective Writing
Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Speech Communi*:
W
m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their
VioftheEnglishLanpge
ENG ZL9-4l057
Instructm JohnSchmit
'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of
a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and,
conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community
itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units.
'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the
c
u
m
l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto
analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx
asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst.
'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be
evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p .
Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies
Time: II
Room: Old Main 27
ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l
ENG 24941009
Instructm Douglas Gram
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent
drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and
productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s
and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues
ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes
survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in
1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related
topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be
moderate fees for the local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper.
(Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a
long paper and some performance, will conclude the course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-41042
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of
the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment,
and a written test. This is a one-half medit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supemision of the
School Health Program
HPE 410-41043
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries
of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a
teaching method.
Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m )
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place2
CoachingofBasketbaZ1
HPE 477-41090
Instruchm Brian Ammann
?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-.
Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation
Thisisa
&f
cradit catrse.
Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays
Room: Melby 111
Coachingof Volleyball
HPE 48341054
Instructo~:Marilyn Florian
This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng
volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr
portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE---- 41041
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of
basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing
the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School
Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and
performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable
that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Si Melby 202
The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed
HIS 33841056
1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold
lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal
dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of
crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark
d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m
and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and
fordp @icy.
We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as
JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party,
Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington.
These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and
discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study.
Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material.
Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room Old Main l3
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special
interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty
member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution
requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course.
Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe
INS 191-41011
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is
the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts,
music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they
were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular
time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and
theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to
appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among
the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different
points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various readings, including
reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary
source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the
College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg
Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances
and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a
paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be
quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15.
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to
attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part
of the class work.
Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater
The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking
About What You Read
I N S 120-41055
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia
seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.
Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia
seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing
and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and
about the Paidcia Program.
Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar
discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe
seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the
Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of
the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part,
on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too
impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the
purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active
listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point
thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From
"%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential
Schools, Brown University.)
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Social Change: The Ultimatum of
Community Development in India
I N S 241-41053
Instructor: Vincent Peters
Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of
many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a
viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many
common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor,"
"East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context
of an emerging nation.
South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation
sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop
ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles.
Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue,
homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view
greatly challenged and enhanced.
We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near
it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with
the colorful celebration of Republic Day.
There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests.
The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation,
accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two
group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of
International Programs.
W m k LifeTransitions
INS24541010
Instructar: Diane Busico
Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing
you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others?
?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18
on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious
passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition
periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the
context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in
teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles.
Distribution: Women's Studies
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages
LIN 3124UlZ
Instrue. Donald Steinmek
?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history.
Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese,
Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis
p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l
,
Sardinian,Rom,and others. This
coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&.
Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same
source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby
ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all
kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because
differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very
importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other
languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French,
Slavic for Romanian, etc.
'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these
changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof
SpanishandFd
By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove
Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or
Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the
factos which account for the diffenmm.
Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all
assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final
examination
Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse
Time:I
Room Old Main 22
Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math
MAT 1324013
I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do&
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a
student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you
like to irrgroveyour math SHS,
be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like
math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you.
In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g
skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ .
Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and
several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests.
Time 11
Room Science212
Ma& ofbrterest
MAT 173-41014
Instrum Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for
annuities and &ved
lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan
s men? Or why women have paid less
than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how
instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then
thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the
mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d .
'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any
students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes.
Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent
Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics
Time I
Room Science 212
Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview
MUS ll(F41017
Instntctor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions
of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class
will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on
three tests and field trip reports.
Special fee to cover transportation: $15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Electronic Music Composition
MUS 23&41063/430-41015
Instructor: Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the
sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants
will be involved in:
1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks
through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound
sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the
creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division
students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using
primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students
will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled
keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Beginning Nonoegian I
NOR 111-41018
Instructor: Frankil Shackelford
Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The
course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
What Do You Think Of That?
PHI 250-41019
Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some
clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are
the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and
other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more
clearly.
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors,
some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and
some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand,
B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to
say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now.
What Do You Think of That?".
Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and
class discussions.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-41020
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four
basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water
cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a
two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather
facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa
Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour
and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits
will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane
tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather.
During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits.
Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception
systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of
climates across the U.S. from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project
completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit
due by October 26.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: MathematicsRhysics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-41021
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are
interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further
study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics.
Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms,
current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on
assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 15141022
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for
years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems
without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student
who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math level lII
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Understanding the Middle East Through Literature
POL 241-41062
Instructor: Renee Taft
Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in
which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies
which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar,
students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English
from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common
concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a
better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading
and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite
required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final
examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Alternative Politics
PoLW1058
Instructm RandallKindley
'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating
socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and
~ m tmovanenk
s
that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming
significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad.
'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean
countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes
that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist,
anti- nuclear,
religious and anti-tion
p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while
traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the
21st Century be based on these new political cleavages?
In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s
from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What
accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals
of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action?
How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded,
shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the
way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to
come?
Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme
for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political
p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of
thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill
be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and
discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on
class participation, a termpaper and a final exam
h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor.
Time:I1
Room Murphy Place 3
TheLegalRights oftheAm&
Employee and
E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve
POL 37641099
Instruclor. Phil Fishman
This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities
of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor
pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the
job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer
possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican
labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where
devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw
pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-.
Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination.
h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics.
Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber.
Room Old Main 16
Psychobgy ofthe Legal System
PSY 3354024
Nancy Steblay
l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory
andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m
with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision
Instru-
Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice,
ethics and victimization. Guest-1
will include members of the legal and psychological communities.
Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible
for contributionto classmomdiscussion.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course
Time: 11
Room: Old Main16
The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols
PSY 340-41023
Instntdotr Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and
theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the
intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the
self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual
self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of
social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and
peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings.
Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 3704025
Instructor: Duane E.Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person.
Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar
with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class
session is requhd.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral
reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required.
Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of
the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a
base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation
REL 445 41006
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be
based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
The Theology of Mm'age
REL,34341026
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make
with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
1
I
I
heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian tea*,
many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G.
Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the
family.
discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be
Thew willbe,-l
based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room Music 24
Biblical T
&
i
Then andNow
REL4354060
Instructor:~~-en
An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place
in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries,
including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians.
Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text.
Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams.
Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward
graduationrequirements.)
Time: II
Room Old Main 23
A t m , God and Money: How SciencP,
Religion a n d E c m i c s M k
REL 43641061
Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n
Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect
one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money
will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to
show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another.
Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from
writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of
activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and
simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants
will work as teams to construct Space Colonies.
Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project
presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the
course for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward
graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 25741027
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency
representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3
hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings
discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1
Exploring Human Services and Social Work
in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991)
SWK 34611028
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore
modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and
faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections,
family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through
visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and
Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city
with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol
and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix
practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's
social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of
International Programs.
Field Work LU
S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse)
S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course)
Instrudar: Francine Chakoli
Course content w
i
l
lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused
field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour
per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II)
Time: To be arranged
Principles of Sociology
(with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn)
SOC 121-41031
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups,
interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the
world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care
system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the
regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading
illbe given.
assignments. Three exams w
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: II
Room Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-41032
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding.
The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based
on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The
course is offered only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room Old Main 18
Beginning Spmdsh
SPA 1114(B3
Instructo~Staff
Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to
introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him
or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken
Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After
Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations
willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam
Distribution: ForeignZanguage
Time: I
Room Old Main 29
Evaluating Continental Literatrwe
SPA 250-41034
~ I ' I S Gu*
~ ~ E
ROZ4?tlt&
The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature
through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen
short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems.
Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class
discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut
anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students
interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see
the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time:I
Room: Old Main27
Documentary Video
SPC 347-41035
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production
and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece.
Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper.
This course requires additional lab time for editing.
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
Theater Crafts
SPC 495-41036
Instructor: Michael Burden
Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing
props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented.
Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a
final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater
tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show.
Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or
permission of instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the
Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These
courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan
Archaeology in Yugoslavia
Art in France and Italy
Australia's Business Climate
The British School and Family
The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe
Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan
E m t in Transition
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
-- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain
Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama
Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change
Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings
Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier
Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland
Modern European Business and Worklife
Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria
Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y)
Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe
Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India
The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era
Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali
Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland
Translating All That Business About lapan
*
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991)
HPE 455-41039
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people
and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will
be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands
and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students
and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in
order to receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health
and Physical Education department.
Total payment is due October 31,1990.
Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit).
Outward Bound
HPE 21241067
Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing
on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the
Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period.
l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has
n some
scholarshipsavailable).
LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu
POL39841065
Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld
POL 39841066
These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information
on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k
ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this
as(orn w
l
n
r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe
lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng
fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme.
class as&I
American Karate
HPE 002-41045
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught
by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 120&1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-41044
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Hisotry of Economic Thought
ECO 219-41406
Instructor: Richard Herzog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o
the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or
tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems.
I.
Ancient Economic Thinking
11.
The Medieval Period
111.
Mercantilism
IV .
Classical
V.
Socialist/Utopian
VI.
Modern
Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class
(less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research
paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be
essay on three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
NEW COU'RSE
A I S 290-41069
ART 290-41068
S. Chapman
TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE
An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United
S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In
addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d
Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y ,
mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1
produce art work such ar
weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst
is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department.
Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this
Proposal.
Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t
Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance
of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included.
Distribution: Fine A r t s
HPE 271-41070
Time: X I
Room:
OFFICIATING FOOTBALL
I.
~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted
official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League.
2.
Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total
aducational prrrcess.
Cmtenr:
OM4
Will k based an the rules mb -its
set f0M
the national
Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota
State High Schcvl League.
Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9-
situations
Evaluation: Written tcst
-
T h i s i s a one-half credit course.
H I S 140-41964
EAST EUROPE
Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri.
UNDER THE HAPSBURGS
-
Room: S i Melby
R.D. Zehnder
the East C e n ~ d
f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr
inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent
~nditzon
of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t
thc Balkans w i t h
eye .to
fallowin; c ~ z t n events
t
in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q
an ricotic but &-
He w i l l lccir a t
vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a
t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-,
Hati-,
always as t h vsi+'-q
~
t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s,
H z w l m n , and .
&-B
3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of
s
f mt&e
.. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles
ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud.
W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e
ma<*=
is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss
Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on
an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th.
Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly
iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#.
Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy
Time: I 1
Room: OM13
J, Shackel ford
- --
-- - - - - -
~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim
~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a
SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton;
~ d l u r=forn
l
d the
discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ;
-cgenm of a*pcrirntal
e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n
for t h e
&act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d
theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in
perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal
i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require
l
er
aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of
c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l
a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e
b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l
proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f
memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr.
~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia.
Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl
&
r
,
Prerequisite: 3 History course
m l m t l m u11l k
plpcr.
Time: ? I
Room: OM13
MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE
Zheng
The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e
mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md
S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup
rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn,
hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability
and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before
n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc),
Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students
who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121.
Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1
Distribution:
I N S 401-41071
Time: I1
Room: 5212
Math/Physics
THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR:
& THE WILDERNESS
THE GARDEN
3. G r i f f i n
This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these
metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re,
but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities.
The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus
there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be
supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves.
Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT
INTERNSHIPS:
Time: I
Room: FC 42
For information on January Interim internships please contact
the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14.
OTHER CHANGES:
HPE 232
REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F
Cancelled courses:
HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED
MAT 132, MATH AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
INTERIM
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
.................
Show more
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................................................................5
................................................................-6
................................................................39
.................................................................40
lntroductlon
Calendar
About Thls Catalog
optlons . . . . . .
Vlsltlng Students
lnterlm Courses
UMAlE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Ufetlme Sports
...............................................42
Contents
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional
programs, activities and employment practices.
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025.
October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration
November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration
t
Day of Interim
January 4 .............................................
Class 1990 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00p.m.
Last Day for CancellAdd
January 5 .
Last
Day
for
Determining
Grading System
...........
January 15
with Registrar
January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
A Ends
January 27 ....................
February 1...................
S P M Semester Begins
February 5 ..............................................
Interim Grades Due
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with
your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office,
Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one
of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse
opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present
a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan
approved by the supervising faculty member and the
Introduction
I
direded/independent study registration form. These forms
must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim
Office.
Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
I
Introduction
1
Alt 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will
extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the
2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class.
Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc
General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 17
610 102-A
lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have
influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative
instruments.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 105-A
Instructor Esther McLaughlln
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/
Mlnorlty
General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BUS 22GA
Instructor: Stuart Sfoller
Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and
finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students
to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting
ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain
money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e
view these financial statements to approve all loans.
The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors
with the basics to: record business transactions, understand
and use financial statements and communicate effectively
with financial institutions.
Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a
final.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 10
BUS 30 1-A
Instructor Mllo Schleld
An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of
a market-based economy. The course has three components: a
review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts),
an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of
market failures, their causes and their remedies.
Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three
quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive
exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate
verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in
grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs
or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can
analyze, defend, and attack the arguments.
Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status
or Instructor's permlsslon
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em-
ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio
speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to
text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to
anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any
field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an
interest in Japan.
Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
INTRODUCTION
TO COBOL
CSC 27 1-A
Instructoc Noel Petlt
A study of the COBOL programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course
will expand a student's knowledge of programming and
programming languages through presentation of the features
of COBOL together with programming techniques for using
those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170)
Madmum Enrollment:20
rime: I
Room: Foss 42
Computer Science
ECO 112-A
lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy-
sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science
General Education Perspectlve:
Maximum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Fos 43
ECO 1 13-A
lnstructoc Ed Sabella
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house-
hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd
Maximum Enrollment: 25
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
ECO 495-A
Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy
- and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of
economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare,
technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact
on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an
interdisciplinary manner.
Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal
take-home research essay.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor
Madrnum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Foss 43
EDE 375A
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization,
research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be
included to share their unique experiences and perspectives.
Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and
examlnatlon.
Thk; Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
nme: I
Room: Ubrary 1
EDU 353-A
lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen
This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational
systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
international education. Special attention will be directed
toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class
presentations and investigative projects.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Ubrary 12
EDU 388-A
lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped,
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to
Education Dept. In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Llbrary 1
ENG 2 19-A
Instructor: John Schrnlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
and economical standing and our cultural background. For
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures,
student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides
presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy
General Education Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 249-A
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality
pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing
both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We
will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and
the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have
addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such
topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes
concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also
view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two
productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for
the local productions.
I
Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one
short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of
group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course.
Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly
recommended.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
General Education Perspective:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
ENG 282-A
ENG 482-A
Instructor: John Mltchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo-
rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will
be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the
themes of their poems, especially those images and statements
that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will
be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected
poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class
discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given,
and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length
will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must
also read and give a written class report on a book that
discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling
for upper dlvlslon credlt
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 21
English
I
ENG 282-8
Instructor Joan GrlftYn
An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this
course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that
produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that
influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We
will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed
by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic
contributions to medieval civilization.
Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams.
Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 42
THEATREINAND AROUND
LONDON
ENG 269-A
InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad
A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten
performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites,
and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be
based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost
includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre
performances and four group dinners.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 30
FRE 243-A
lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery
will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project,
and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of
lnst~ctor
Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 27
GER 2 B A
lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They
were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe,"
"shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into
English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely
related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read
Yiddish as well as you can read German.
w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013
Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two
tests.
Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
nme: I
Room: Foss 2 1B
HPE 232-A
Instructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
HPE 475A
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap
ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e
sources are utilized. Students will practice various training
techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical
skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequlslte:BIO 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 477-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a
scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby l l l
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marllyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade
will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of
the grade will be based on tests.
Thls Is a one-half credlt course.
Time:1
I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby l l l
neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl
UPâ¬48 I-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill
be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a one-half credit course.
rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPâ¬47CFA
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward
sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce
dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball
(Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e
chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire
systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students
will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences.
There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and
mechanics of umpiring softball.
Thk Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPE 487-A
lnstructoc Jeff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals
who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary,
junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of
program will be covered.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:1
I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 203
HIS 22GA
HIS 32GA
Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e
ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be
used.
There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be required to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected
to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements
for upper level.
History
Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 13
TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:
A HISTORY
OF
HIS 33 I-A
lnstructoc Chris Mmball
Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame."
In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball
has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American
life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and
race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship
between the United States and its national pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great
players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics
which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country.
Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on
amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the
color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of
the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the
empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the
ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to
baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a
short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this
region.
Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam.
Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of
Instructor
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 29
I
History
INS 12GA
lnstructoc Ann neener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during
seminars and lead seminars.
Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and
observation of students participating in seminars, reflective
writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation.
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 210A
lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in
their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures
that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope
with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
lime: I
Room: Muslc 23
Interdisciplinary
INS 225A
I n s ~ c t o rAmln
:
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration
of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its,
Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the
similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin
Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time:1
I
Room: Foa 20
INS 245-A
lnstructoc Dlane Budco
Women assume multiple roles within the work and family
domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of
executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations
for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and
also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly,
they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting
types of behavior.
The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and
family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will
read several books related to women's roles in the work and
family domains. The assessment of this component of the
course is based on written responses to questions assigned for
small group discussion. A second component of the course is
a group project on the work and family roles of women. The
assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation
of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects
include an historical overview of the work and family roles of
women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a
summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of
issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and
family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women.
Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 10
INS 275A
Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach
The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly
developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study
three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the
anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and
daily life.
The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student
presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a
paper.
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Interdisciplinary
MAT 173-A
lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for
life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or
how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future?
Then this course may be meant for you. These and other
interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes.
This course should be usehl for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields.
Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:20
Vine: I1
Room: Old Maln 16
MAT 253-A
Insfructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the explorationof
this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it reveals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of artistic
expression via computer graphics.
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this
fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics,
and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm
exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the
one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and
including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or
created.
Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Science 1 12
MUS 204-A
lnstructoc 0.
Nlcholas Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For
Music
non-music majors.
Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc
Mcudmum Enrollment: 30
77me: I
Room: Choral Room M-2
MUS 129
Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen
l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or
the Instructor's pemlsslon.
Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 394-A
Instructor Cynthla Lohman
"How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop
feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach
my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers.
To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat
performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and
spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can
directly empower their performing, this course focuses on
exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression.
Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own
performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro-
cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre.
Students will participate in the course through study and re
hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and
listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting
exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes.
Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or
audlllon.
Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room)
NOR 1 I 1-A
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 175A
lnstructoc Davld Apollonl
We will begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual
immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles
-Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality
and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences?
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty
Madmum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 16
PHI 2 W A
Instructor Mark Fuehrer
This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human
sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking
consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these
topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm.
Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student
discussion will also be a factor.
Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: 1
Room: Old Maln 22
mrrosopny
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread
sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not
an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more
intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a
wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in
areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Maximum Enrollment:20
7ime: I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 325A
Instructor Stuart Anderson
From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters
and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often
demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which
we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without
which most of what we know as modern high technology
would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student
with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control
and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under
these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory
experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for
formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent),
MAT
124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245).
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 30
POL 359-A
Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova
The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge
experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values,
and customs.
Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet
Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced
women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the
Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions
supporting the old regime, including the family and religion.
Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and
denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was
reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective
situations contradicted the policy in both cases.
Students will be expected to read several books, plus some
articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng
wM FSU or number of Department
Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 24
PSY IOSA
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab
reports, computer exercises, and class participation.
Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology
Madmum Enrollment:20
nine: 1
I
Room: Murphy Place I
PSY 20 1 -A
lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld
The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and
socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts,
emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given
to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and
illness prevention and treatment.
Prerequlslte: PSY 105
MaAmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 23
REL 343-A
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life
with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper, and two tests. Two books will be required.
Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of
Instructor
Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345A
lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury,
its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the
professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include
four exams.
Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1
Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Old Maln I8
REL 366-A
lnstructoc Brad Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and
the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African
culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the
present development of indigenous churches in West Africa.
The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as
well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A
major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e
sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of
racial segregation.
Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Music 23
REL 445
lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language for
understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class
participation, two presentations to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation rellgion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Main I I
SWK315A
Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer
holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental
and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the
coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness
modem health delivery and folk practices and different health
conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known
sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals
over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current
Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive
attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The
cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration
contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655.
Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers.
SOC 23 1-A
Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod
The human family is examined as a social system within
alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural
variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural
variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are
seen within their cultural and institutional contexts.
Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened
General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 13
SOC 265-A
Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human groups who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus
on a particular cultural group other than their own. This
observation will become the basis for a class presentation by
each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a
combination of class participation, their respective class p r e
sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a
P/N basis only.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban
General Education Perspective: intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Fos 20
socrorogy
I
BEGINNINGSPANISHI
SPA I1 1-A
Instructoc GabfielaSweet
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those
in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness 11
Madmum Enrollment:25
nme: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 25
SPC 226-A
lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson
This course will explore principles and styles of movement
used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the
student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be
based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced.
Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance
students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one
final reflective paper.
The class is designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field
involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre
SPC 32 1-A
lnstructoc James Hayes
This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students
will be required to enter three different forensics events at
three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of
January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped
program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to
some degree, competitive success.
Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b
SPC 495-A
Instructor: Anne Holmquest
The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose
is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to
the question: what causes conflict in communication and how
should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts
in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods.
e
q
wreading (onebook and
Students will be evaluated on r
articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally
Speech, Communication & Theatre
I
will be asked to give an oral report on research.
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I/
Room: Foss 43
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional
information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st
Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992.
These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally
carry a lower division number.
Australia's Business Climate
Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World
Vlew
The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural
Diversity
Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan
An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines
and Hawall
Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and
Services
Europe and The Rise of Modern Science
Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and
Denmark
Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland
Ecuador
Geography of the Baltic States
A Greek Odyssey
Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational
Settings
The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland
International Business and Culture in a European
Environment
Law In London
Uteraw Ireland
Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of
Europe
In Search of the Anclent Romans
South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change
Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United
Kingdom
Theatre In and Around London
Thls Is New Zealand
2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman
Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela
These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not
connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been
approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon
cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of
the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In
the Intertm Offlce.
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on
the water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit.
Total payment is due October 31,1992.
Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health
and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247.
Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There
is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
Information on either of the above programs, housing, and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Memorial 117A, 330-1197.
Other Courses
lrls
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Libr...
Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. O l d M a i n
5. Wcsl Hall
6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music- Hall
11. Psychology Building
12 Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Slage II Thrdter
15. Lillle Thrcitc,r
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Studrnt Parking
C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Facul~y-StaffParking
F. M u r p h y Square
G. Practice Field
H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp
-..-... + ' -
,
,
.
. - , .,\: ,. -.:+,
.
(
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Contents
2 Campus Map
5 Introduction
7
8
12
16
24
30
44
45
128
139
140
142
Facilities
Admissions
Costs
Financial Aid
Student Life
Academic Information
Brief Facts
Course Descriptions
Registers
Communication List
Index
Academic Calendars
Philip Thompson, Art Department chair,
checks a student project
Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and
women's volleyball
Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower
at Homecoming
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377.
Mission Statement
Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran
orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
cultwral and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for
knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a
broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The
college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has
been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear,
disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents
in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages
within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners
throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is
a cran~~nued
goal of the college,
f
P$
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us
for care, exploration and understanding.
As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression
and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its
studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In
addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand
I ~ Christian
P
faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the
commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world.
a
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and
educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware
that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the
college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting,
provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao
educational resource for a variety of new student populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany,
in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years
later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college
graduation was in 1879.
Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year.
Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg
Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway,
centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl
' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College
Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years.
Location and Campus
Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West
Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc
adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St
Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern,
Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus .
or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals
listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office
of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and
Elementary)
The Council on Social Work Education
The American Chemical Society
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)
Minnesota Private College Council
Lutheran Education Council in North America
Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e
five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South.
Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third
residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
Eousing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff.
Admissions
9 Freshmen Students
Early Decision
Early Admission
10 Transfer Students
11 Former Students
Special Students
(Non-Degree)
International Students
8
Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue
South
Campus Hub, the College Center, and
Urness Tower
I'
Moving in - often a family affair
Ir: .
.
4
Admissions
Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college
community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race,
creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin.
cP
Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors.
visit prospective students in their schools, assisting
rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services
slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House
i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Whencves possible, the
Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the
Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class
visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor.
The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group
tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or
call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made.
f
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants.
Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application
should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon
graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented
instcad of t h high
~ school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious
academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred
personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be
required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made.
g
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted
upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scorcs, and tecommenrlation5.
Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the
Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid
0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award
by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office.
f
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin
corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr
~
of the senior year of high i r l i o o f
hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman
applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or
counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould
go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted
work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal
a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to
granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg.
P
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous
work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5
average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the
Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is
required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or
less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the
Admissions Office.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed
personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be
required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An
~ ~ r i l 1
arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit
or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon
request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ .
py
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has
attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an
official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo
not pay the application fce,
b
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
5
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult the information available from the Admissions
Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other
nations.
Financial Information
13 Costs 1980-81
14 Deposits
15 Payments
Refunds
Financial Aid
16 Application
17 Gifts
18 Loans
Campus Work
19 Sponsored Scholarships
12
Melby Hall - site for registration,
Chapel, games, Commencement
Gymnasts praclice for competition
Music Hall entry invites a lineup
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1980-81
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
......................................$3,660.00
Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are
considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester
tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer
trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and
admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is
pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
............................
510.00
This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
.........................
255.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
957.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week)
...............................
.
......
880.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
Late Registration (per day
after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $
5.00
A d d a course (after first three
days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Cancel a course (after first three
days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
....
.........
.........
...
20.00
.......
5.00
Nursing Admission Test
Introduction t o Cinema Arts
35.00
Film Making (Interim)
70.00
Life Drawing (Interim)
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
20.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
................. 510.00
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after fPrst, w h ~ c h
is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Special Examinations (Schedule o n
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00
Student Teaching
.............. 35.00
Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00
10.00
Private, Interim, per lesson
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00
...
Psychology of Music
10.00
Radio-Television
...........
Production . . .
10.00
..
35.00
Theater Technical Production
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
............................................
$ 50.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge.
Housing
...........................................................
100.00
Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a
housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated
for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e
.
of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint
day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc
n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor
r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late
cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o
july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from
[he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f
cancellation is alier these dates.
Breakage and Fine
... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... .
,
... . .., , .. . ..
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r
Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon
aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each
remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd
Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates
l single year contracts are
indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as
r
brochure will be miiilcd.
availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and
b
Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g
~
of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a
previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls
11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc
r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y
the C o l l e g ~
(Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according
to established repaympnt schetlulcs.
r
Refunds
Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released
from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room
(except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes.
90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h
10th day of cla~srs.
UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h
h
75th clay ofclasses.
;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs.
60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs.
5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn.
-
No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
t
to
Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled
a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room
sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life.
Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office.
All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund is determined.
IG/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant
investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this
i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection
of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes.
Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto
hcl
rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary
an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing
costs.
9
Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with
Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For
the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received
scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from
all aid sources.
\
The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student
and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources.
The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor
~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp
and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting
Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor
c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent
incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc-
men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a
high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to
t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration.
Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the
M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF.
Au~sburg'scode is 6014.
3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg
,
will receive the analysis. If at that time you
are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aitl packagc.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial Aid/l7
New Students - Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the
Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary
award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of
their awarcl by January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income
information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to
inverti~ate
rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in
rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe
company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and
frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir
requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid
through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational
Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others,
"i
Gift Assistance
-
Available to students who have shown academic
Augsbur Tuition Grant
r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1
E
need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A
r;~urlen~'s
scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
1
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants
from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1.
St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional
Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and
demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic
standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln.
18/Financial A i d
Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic
Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The
maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount
. grants are hilsed on need
the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe
as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion
.
is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or
and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr
to the appropriate BEOG officc.
mF)
Loan Assistance
National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial
eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g
your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do
a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on
c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least
l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc
fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol
minimurn of830 a ~manih)
b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school.
principal (a1 t
R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation
claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0.
f:
'h
Y
Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs
backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal
c
or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly
from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams.
W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge,
Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and
rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may
be e x ~ ~ n d up
e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive
!
.
arc available at thr?callcge, samc
~1ndr1rgra~luate
maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications
banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan
without demonstrating financial eligibility.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National
~ denrolled in
Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or
the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e
In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have
financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc
cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum
loan is $2500 per year.
Campus Work
Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial
need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on
the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl,
Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as
scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl
per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to
the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the
student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities.
1
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For
departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and
Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
General Scholarships
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/senior students as recommended by the committee.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
deserving junior/senior students.
-
awarded annually t o t w o
M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the
scholarship committee.
David J. Formo Scholarshi
established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more
scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance.
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by
the scholarship committee t o needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded
annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclassstudents.
Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls
P
of scholarship,
p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe
o f State
nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf
~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate
application
required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3
rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer
I r)unrldtron {code h577)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior.
Minority Student Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran
American minority students who show financial need.
Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Blaca student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students.
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the
senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded
Christian service.
on the basis of need, character and interest in
The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry.
awarded annually to an able and
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi
deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be
awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with
a preference for basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the
wrestling program.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
interested in the field of business.
- awarded to one or
more upperclass students
Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business
and/or education.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration.
Chemistry
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship.
Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship.
Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry
Scholarship.
Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi
students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . -
established in 1978 for upperclass
History
awarded annually to students majoring in history
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi
with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field.
Library Science
Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s)
choosing librarianship as a career.
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/
senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability.
Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of
mathematics.
Music
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
promise in the field of music.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in
physics.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political
science.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
-
Student Life
25 Religious Life
Student Government
26 Athletics
Student Activities
Student Services
27 CSD
Intercultural Center
28 Health Service
Food Service
Residence Life
29 Student Rights
All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the
College Cenler
Ready for Christmas - afler finals
Classes are small, so you get to know
faculty and students
Li
~b
7
..
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but
learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege
and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to
your edura~ion.
!'
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and
cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin
rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an!
plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and
hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some
200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion.
We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to
gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the
church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for
the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and
providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the
means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg.
Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who
elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement
arp possibl~!
from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If
p.
..:-.
you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn
the College Cenlcr.
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the
C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon
,
i
unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd
the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat
inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station
v,
serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is
lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower.
There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to
appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and
Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical
rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the
theater arts depart rnent.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA).
M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
B
Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW).
Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball,
tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes
that t ~ pconiext
.
in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal
growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding
relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and
interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h
intrllectual
conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its
students.
F:
The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider
and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, l ntercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes.
, and staff as well as
You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f
with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life.
"'""6
Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be
when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a
I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment.
htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~
plan
t
to liclp you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your
lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor.
B
Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered
each year to P
II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to
fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships),
lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc
availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf
several limes d u l i n ~the year.
P
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops
offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
7
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle
elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise.
c h a l l r n g ~mare
\
Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or
minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of
policy anrl procedure.
f
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentratr i n two major areas:
American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support
program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian
community
Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices,
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities
available.
lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
International Student Advisor.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~
thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at
rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included;
if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available.
Food Service
The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing
alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student
growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in
group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are
able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h
individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
residcnt students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing
only if space is available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional
residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity
to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa
maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof
the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students
have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics.
Yo
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has
provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade
appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct
hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify
a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student
~fEir5.
7
t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain
la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement
office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are
parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the
record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have
signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation
( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Academic Information
31 Degrees
Academic Calendar
Faculty
Library & Audio-Visual
32 Divisions
33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s
Teaching Licensure
34 Certification Programs
Pre-Professional
35 Inter-Institutional Programs
37 Study A b r o a d
38 H o n o r s Program
Internship
C o n t i n u i n g Education
Academic Policies
38
39
40
41
42
Registration
Graduation Requirements
Grading
A u d i t i n g Courses
Grade Point Average
Classification
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
Probation a n d Dismissal
Dean's List
43 Graduation w i t h Distinction
Independent/Directed Study
Veterans
44 Brief Facts
45 Course N u m b e r i n g
Prerequisites
Psychology Building, Norwegian class,
Music Therapy class
Academic Information/31
-
Academic Information
Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad
liberal arts backgroun! i
n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social
sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are
c
of faculty advisers.
encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help
Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~
ing
' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s
outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS
with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir
meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission.
~~rl
rY
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical
Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select
the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs
separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h
semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire
earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring
the regular term. (See Registration).
j a ~ ~ u a Interim
ry
is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto
employ styles of teaching ~ n learning
d
and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in
places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf:
~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog,
pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by
c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a
v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or
nt
rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1.
Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual
problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their
programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books
eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
gbraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service,
guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are
available.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding.
Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d
by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section.
P
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
lnternational Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Church Staff Work
Communication Arts
Corrective Therapy
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
(Chinese,' French,
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,'
Spanish)
History
International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Stud~es
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso hy
PhysicaPEducation
(& Adapted PE)
Ph sics
PoLtical Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science/Social Studies
Social Work
Sociology
S eech
TReater Arts
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education:
Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German,
Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural
Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics
Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is
olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have
advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s).
34/Certification, Pre-Professional
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Chairperson.
Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary
courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program
should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas
focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
7
Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology,
sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr
exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program.
~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson.
a
-
Program Evaluation Certification
Provides the background for performing
systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required
to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact
the Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and
engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
I nter-l nstitutional/35
he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the
handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the
poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they
possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high
gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate
rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C.
he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments
[ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry
115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry
major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or
more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one
from each r,l ~ I i r c e
groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353
recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
at othcr medical schools may
including psychology and sociology. R~guirements
vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two
scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of
philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of
Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn*
mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs
724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry
I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/,
351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1
course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political
sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution
requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary,
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
36/l nter-I nstitutional
Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies.
See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the
other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in
the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology
with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to
help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses
are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the
metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information,
confer with the Dean of the College.
Study Abroad/37
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive
Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The
cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at
Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
-
Semester or Year Abroad
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The
Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University
of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational
Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan,
Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved
before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued
each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv.
38/Academic Policies
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified
s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special
seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general
eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be
addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be
related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available
with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
- Semesters, Interim, Summer
Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the
intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as
full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the
registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for
permission.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
f
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
(or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to
pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and
the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of
each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements.
Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late
registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a
semester.
8,
P
Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this
results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the
c
of the Registrar.
completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office
Graduation Requirements
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more
than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under
departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students
whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course
total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses
re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by
in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof
Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc
minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or
I
4
7
minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's
degree.
2. Completion of a major.
Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or co-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
40/Evaluation, Grading
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Socio ogy
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one
adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of
the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports -Two
sports.
lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are
used.
MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care
? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0
scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N
mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto
l use the P/N
gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look
ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For
graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f
aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the
minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn.
%
Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several
~
radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education
interim C O U ~ S Carp
courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English
111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N.
1
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
\,
Grading, AuditingMI
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized
by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The
grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors
must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1.
An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO
receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d
Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving
il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\!
h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd
r
hy
~
~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere.
P
A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the
second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record.
A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated
lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned
n
may not be repeated
for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y
,
h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record.
d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation
O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp
and in ~ l i grade
c
p n i n l average.
A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation o n the record.
Auditing Courses
Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g
(or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for
part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n
ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1
confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to
dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s
l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f
have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton
cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W
(Wii hdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t
does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the
GPA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a
college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement
Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the
College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her
t
has been o n probation two or more
a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is
n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who
ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from
c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs
r
the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions
and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n
probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission t o re-enroll.
A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses.
Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or
equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n
courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and
each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average
Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average
Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
IndependentIDirected Study
Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate
~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision
departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for
lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~
(Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or
indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may
exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof
X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill
n t r c g i s t ~again
r
tor t h e c o u r s ~
to rrceive the final grade.
Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first
securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses reqi~ircrllor he degree.
Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only
when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on
tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs
attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own
academic dciln.
Y
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he
minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each
veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of
the Registrar, as i t is for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to
meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
7
44/Brief Facts
Facts & Figures
about Augsburg College
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota,
since 1872. Founded in 1869.
Affiliation - The American Lutheran
Church. 57% of students are Lutheran,
16% other Protestant, 14% Roman
Catholic.
Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on
Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by
American Chemical Socie
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
A...
Show more
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
Additional Courses
52
......................................................................
.
.
.
.
........................
.................................................... ...............
...............................................................
..............................................................
..............................~.............................
.............................................
.....
....
.....................................................
I
Contents
I
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Introduction
I
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson,
330-1025.
Interim Registration
October 28 - November 1 .................................
December 2 ......................
...............Late Interim Registration
.
.
..........J
t Day of Interim
January 6 ..........................
Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
.
.
.
.
.
.
January 7 .......................
................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends
Semester Begins
February 3
Interim Grades Due
February 7 ............................................
.....
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time
1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM
at Augsburg with a
special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with
your instructor for class scheduling this day.
I
Introduction
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
- Students are invited tobe part of one of
International In*
the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse
opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m
gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This
Introduction
1
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at
any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
1
ART 107-42040
ART 1 18-42041
ART 35542042
Instructor:Phlllp Thompson
Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1
I
107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash
surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition,
and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida
environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and
contemporary examples of coastal landscapes.
118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south
Florida environment in water or oil based media against a
concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and
descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples.
355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment.
Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of
the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the
quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors.
The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare,
lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida.
The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami
Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West.
DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc
General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics
Maodmum Enrollment: 12
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 4 & 17
Arf
I
ART 290-42043
Insfructor: Steve Chapman
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within
the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and
South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern
Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or
religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving,
baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is
pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n
available to those interested in an American Indian Studies
minor.
Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc
Maxfmum Enrollment:20
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 17
BIO 14042044
810 34042045
Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute
offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing
and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse
habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove
swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms
from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site
and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill
be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized
classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there
will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during
the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of the course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology
studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse,
"Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing
and painting courses.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm
gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final
examination. Upper division students will also do a special
research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper.
Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry
Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme:I
Room: ScIence 205
610 102-42046
Instructor EWn Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have
influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry
Maxlmum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 10542047
Instructor: ThomasHehst
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/
Mlnotify
General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BIO 141-42048
Instructor:Esther McLaughlln
This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms:
fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture,
medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the
ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored.
The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips,
audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations.
Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 11
Room: Sclence 2 13
Biology
I
BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy)
Instructoc John Cedto
Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course
will be of service to the urban community by providing
research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations.
Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to
conduct field-based research projects for community-based
organizations requesting and requiring marketing research
assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an
outline of the expected research methodology.
Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of
another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r .
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: Independent Study
Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon
CHM 100-42050
Instructor: Ariln Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and
are taught as needed for understanding various topics and
implications.The course does assume the student is interested
in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand
living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent
decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led
to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of
adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on
and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result
of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take
a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format.
Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This
course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry
General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I/
Room: Sclence 3 15
CSC 27@42051
Instructo~Lamy Ragland
A study of the Fortran programming language for students
with previous knowledge of computer programming. This
course will expand a student's knowledge of programming
and programming languages through presentation of the
features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for
using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do
computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such
as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming
I
Com~uterScience
In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170).
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
ECO 1 1M2052
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income
distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc.
Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics.
Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective
examinations.
Dlsf~ibvtlon:
Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal
Sclence or Uban
Concerns
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 2 12
ECO 1 12-42053
Instructor:Satya Gupta
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em
nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
ECO 32342054
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of
elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health
msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive
effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons
will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other
countries.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 23
ECO 49542055
lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet
economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program
in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer
w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and
their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed
in intadisciplinaxy manner.
Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake
home research essay.
Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor
Dlstrlb~on:
Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Memorlal Hall 323
EDU 353-42056
Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m
This course presents an examination and comparison of s e
lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well
as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian
and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student
evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of
Instructor.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: I
Room: Ubraty4
EDU 37G42057
Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons
This course will provide future teachers with insights and
strategies that will enable them to create positive learning
environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students.
Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work
expedence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: 1
I
Room: Ubraty 4
EDE 37542058
Instructot B ~ c Drewlow
e
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
Education
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization
researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest
speakers will be included to share their unique experiences
and perspectives.
Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I
Room: Ubrary l
EDU 388-42059
Instructor:Mlldred Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to
Education program In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays
Room: Ubrary l
Education
ENG 2 1942060
Instructor: John Schmlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
u
l
w background. For
and economical standing and our c
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone
logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include
ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions.
Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the
presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or
Mlnom Siudles
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: 11
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 2404206 1
ENG 342-42062
Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by mding a
variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of
the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with
tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics
for the student to appreciate the historical development from
Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of
approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical
terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students
who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate
in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes
and a final exam.
Students taking this course for upper division credit will read
an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass
presentation on it.
All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng
Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech
General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 136-42063
Inslrvctor John Mttchell
This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this
case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about
30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West
Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition,
students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime
and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and
Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and
diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance.
The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught
by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph
Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve
excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco
District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to
the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the
Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a
brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be
an informed presence rather than a mere tourist.
There will be one week of introductory study on campus,
about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a
week to complete the course requirements back on campus.
Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and
impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen
writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in
length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view
of what has been learned first-hand.
A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services
(field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor
Marine Institute.
Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor
Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech
Maximum Enrollment: 10
77me: 1
Room: Sclence 205
English
FRE 24342064
Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery
will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject,
and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
Instructor
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure
Madmum Enrollment: 25
lime: I
Room: Old Main 12
HPE 11542065
Instrvctoc Richard Borstad
A course req& for all students majoring in education.
Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their
)
French/Health and Physical Education
effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school
and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's
role in the school health program; and examine their own
attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude:
legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs;
epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice
and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading
materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 232-42066
Insiructor: Carol Enke
A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students
will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within
Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and
practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content
includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping,
and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a
variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on
attendance, participation, and a written and practical final
exam.
Thisis a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby ZW2
Health and Physical Education
HPE 47542067
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap
ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources
are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques.
Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequlslte:610 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days
Room: Melby l l I
HPE 478-42068
Instructoc Ed Saugestad
This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches
of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team
defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations;
scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include
ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V
materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook
This is a onehalf credit course.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby I I I
I
Health and Physical Education
I
HIS 220-42069
HIS 320-42070
Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration.
There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected
to completea book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Mcudmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 13
HIS 440-4207 1
Inslructor: Don Gust&n
Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century,
individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and
whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the
higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are
worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also
as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to
the record and image of prominent figures.
In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary
popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the
films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading
materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons
behind the p m t myths.
Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a
h a l exam.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~
or above and at least
one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:11
Room: Old Maln 1 1
INS 22542072
Insfructor: Amln Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: FC 42
INS I W 2 0 7 3
Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students
and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 299-42074
sOC299-421 I I
Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson
Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to
learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you
connect your experiences to the liberal arts.
The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts
already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts
Interdisciplinary
working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests,
and for students actively engaged in community service. The
assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately
20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of
January (check with instructors if you have questions).
All students will design an individual learning plan and are
scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet
twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's
worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be
based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar,
which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis.
Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the
Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and
pemlsslon of the Instructors.
Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlrne: I1
Room: Murphy Place 2
MAT 173-421 12
See Addiional Courses,page 52.
MAT 253-42075
Instructoc Bev Durkee
Our o b j j v e s are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it meals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and exprience them as an art form
via computer graphics.
I
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this
fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm
and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar
to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of those visuals.
F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on
the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created.
Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher
Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs
General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics
Maximum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 1 12
MUS 129-42076
Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn
"Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or
h e Instructor's pemlsslon.
Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 179-42077
Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto
visit and experience important cultural centers that provided
theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World.
Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in
the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated
group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous
experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at
the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne
apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-42078
Instructor: 0.
Nlck Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the
musical content, methods, and historical background of s e
leded artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical
analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors.
Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: MUSIC5
NOR 1 1 1-42079
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, q&,
a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language
General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 17542080
Instructor: Davld Apollonl
We w
i
l
l begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual
irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely
alternative sexual preferences?
Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds
of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third
from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill
require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my
comments and criticisms.)
DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy
M d m u m Enrollment:30
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 12
PH141W2081
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was
also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue
to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop
a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam.
Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy
Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 10
PHY 10642082
instructor Noel Pelit
"Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of
atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic
areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing,
man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under-
Philosophy/Physics
standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a:
hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography,
pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds
impact on world events.
The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory
sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida
to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes:
Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the
National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida
Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach,
the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in
Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory
program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical
weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water
management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather,
and broadcast weather.
During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather
observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at
the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own
forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the
travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual
project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately
$750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information.
PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid
Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 723
PHY 1 17-42083
Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach
The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise
from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail
system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these
problems we will first explore what science and the scientific
methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology
(doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the
resulting interactions between the three.
Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and
group work. See the complete description for more details.
Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs
General Education Perspective: Natural World if2
Madmum Enrollment: 40
77me: I
Room: Foss21a& b
PHY 151-42084
Instructor Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets
to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in
physics on a more intuitivelevel. We
mathematicsto +ence
will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics
areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than physics.
Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*,
homework, and a
hal scam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs
Madmum Enrollment: 20
77me:I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 337-42085
InsIructor:StuartAnderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the
heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding
imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of
light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage
for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and
the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The
course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study
of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption,
and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed
on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period
will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the
balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
onehour exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent),
MAT 124, 125,224
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme: I1
Room:Sclence 30
POL 29542086
lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson
Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder
version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive
and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada.
In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm
Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science
I
is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies
approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories,
poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn
in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR
Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of
new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e
Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be
&an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and
Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary
and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies).
Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project.
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
POL 37 1-42087
Instrvctor: Phll Ushman
This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights
and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues,
including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place,
protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and
alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow''
will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of
the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor
union movement and employel's political action groups will
be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b
m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings.
Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre
sentatives of industry.
Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a
final examination.
PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In
Pdmcal Sclence or Economics.
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment: 35
77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m.
Room: Old Maln 16
POL 42 1-42088
Instructor: Wllllam Mods
This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/
or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these
images by considering the films in light of the scholarly
literature and other information available on each subject.
Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics
in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and
portions of books from the social sciences and other literature
paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for
class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings
establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades.
Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the
films and viewing equipment.
Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Political Science
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:1I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
PSY 10542089
Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are
emphasized.
Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology
General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:1I
Room: Old Maln 25
PSY 32 1-42090
Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations.
Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written
assignments.
Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll
in this course.
Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 18
PSY34CM2091
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and
symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding
of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of
your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies
of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in
the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based
on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequlslte:PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 1 1
PSY 370-42092
Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
-
Psychology
This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each
student will be required to seek out and interview persons in
the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be
availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content
of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and
will provide a base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
RerequlsRes: PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 29
REL 24 1-42093
Instructor Brad HoH
Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses
on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals,
listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter
the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths
brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a
variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will
exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only
be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these
has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the
"independent' churches have developed creatively in music,
theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions
characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria
prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will
Religion
include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews,
visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions.
Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third
World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends
of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study
hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of
one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed
for students seriously interested in religion who are in good
health. A visa is required for Nigeria.
Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily,
one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria.
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requlremenls)
Madmum Enrollment: 15
REL 32842094
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and
games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as
something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and
"game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will
use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look
into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay
tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a
final project.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requirements)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
Religion
REL 34342095
Instructor Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and
the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~.
PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor
Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requirements)
Mdmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345-42096
Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century
and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years
of history. An anthology including two monographs and the
professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an
overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples
of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy,
sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams
and one short paper.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221
DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 16
REL 44 1-42097
INS 49542098
Insiructoc Lynne Loremen
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and
feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will
be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of
language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers
on the assigned readings which include questions for class
discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class
participation, and a final exam.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1
DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 25742099
Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam
Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of
service (in a senices agency or institution which students
Re/igion/Socia/ Work
I
select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer
experience, students have the opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age,
socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students
learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all
students.
General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme: I
Room: Muphy Place 1
SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM)
SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course)
Instrvctor Marla Brown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely
Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's
violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when,
and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has
Social Work
reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and
consequences for the family and the broader society. Students
will research various forms of family violence. Classroom
speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and
the development of an annotated bibliography on area of
interest in family violence.
Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research
on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above
work
Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work,
psychology or sociology
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 339-42 101
Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg
An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a
base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in
the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest
lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless
people in the field provide opportunities for participants to
learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs,
resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, volunteer work, and a research paper.
Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg
College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class.
Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness
General Education Perspective: The CHy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 22
Social Work
SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course)
SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course)
Insiructor:Rosemary Unk
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place
ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: To be arranged
'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology
265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty
Group Relations.
SOC 26542 103
lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation
during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a
particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation
will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member,
either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class
can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, their respective class presentations, and a final
examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only.
Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban
General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 3 15
SOC321-42104
Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations.
There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments.
Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 18
SPA 1 1 1-42105
lnslructoe Anffa nsher
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those
in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Mawlmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
SPC 32 1-42106
Insfructor James Hayes
This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students
will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of
an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments
held during the month of January. In addition, the class will
prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional
aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on
p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students
should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain
an information packet that will help them get off to a "running
s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28.
Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I1
Room: Foss 2 1a/21b
Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n
&' Thnntrn
SPC 340.42107
Instructor: David Lapakko
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide
whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer,
to use photographs or body language to give a misleading
impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various
ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical
perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as
advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also
consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations.
The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations
encountered in everyday life.
Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of
Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 43
SPC 347-42 108
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses
non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce
short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be
S ~ e e c h .Communication.
'
& Theatre
I
required for editing.
Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
77me: I
Room: Foss 175
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following comes can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st
Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025).
Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These
courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature
Chlna In Transltlon
Contemporary European Buslness
Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln
Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy
Down-Under In New Zealand
Egypt In Transltlon
E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present
Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark,
and England
Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands
The Greek Bperlence
Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall
Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory
Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y
Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures
Law In London
Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales
The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a
Post- 1 992 Europe
Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln
Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil
Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct
Russian Language In Moscow
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues
UMAIE
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are
offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor
registering are available in the Interim Office.
4-
SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992)
HPE 455421 14
Insfructo~Joyce Hal7
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit.
Total payment is due October 31,1991.
Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah
and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247).
Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t.
HPE 2 12-421 15
Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There
is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
AGENDA
(December 29 - January 10,1992)
P O L 398-421 16
This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate
students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops
which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal
styles of leaders from government and politics, the media,
education, and business, who address such topics as values,
ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories,
and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor
question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small
group discussions, and workshops that help students practice
leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber
of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign
embassies in Washington.
AND THE
MEDIA
(December 29 - January 10.1992)
A
POL 398-421 17
This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features
Washington's media personalities, who are readily available
Other Courses
I
to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the
press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public
policy; and how Washington journalists view national and
world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network
studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers
have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National
Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David
Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff,
and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association
of Black Journalists.
CAMPAIGN
1992: INPURSUIT
OF THE
PRESIDENCY
(January 12-17.1992)
POL 398-42 1 18
This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the
politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign.
h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith
the presidential election process and its impact on American
politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures
of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and
conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current
campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the
Democratic and Republican National Committees and the
Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign
workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in
grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar
will assist participants in developing the knowledge and
making connections to become involved in the presidential
campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho
plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour-
Other Courses
aged to attend IT
' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process.
These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl
January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above
programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable
from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda
Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197.
The following actMnes are avallable to students during
Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as
well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry
course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre
ment for gradualion.
HPE 002-421 19
lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.
Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor
Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-42120
lnslructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
I
Lifetime S ~ l o r t s
HPE 002-42 12 1
Instructor: Bdan Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE CK)2-42122
Instructor: Carol Enke
Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified
physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation
with the instructor.
PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports
Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor
lime:Ananged
Room:Ananged
EDU49542113
Instructor: Ted Welcher
This course will provide you with an introduction to issues
related to deafness and the modes of communication used by
deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social
and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com-
munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and
reading assignments will include information pertaining to
the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing
mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and
amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of
hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems,
historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and
cognitive functioning and interpreting issues.
General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for
IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Foss Center 43
INS 2 1G42 124
Insfructor BIII Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study
in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways
to cope with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 23
MAT 1 73-421 72
Instructor:Mathew Foss
You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo
know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would
I
Additional Courses
'
you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth
so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for
life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This
course will be of interest to students in business or economics
or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work.
Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime://
Room: Sclence 1 12
SOC 121-42123
Instructor: Rlta Webbrod
This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the
social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1)
teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop
skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3)
acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of
sociological study.
Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current
social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper
focusing on the supplementary reading.
DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology
General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Old Maln 13
Additional Cor rrs.es
1
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1978
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
THE
INTERIM
The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t
Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a
time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y
t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n...
Show more
THE
INTERIM
The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t
Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a
time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y
t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e
p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r
off-campus resources i n ways not p o s s i b l e during the
r e g u l a r t e nn.
GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s required t o complete
35 courses of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses
( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than the number o f y e a r s of f u l l time
enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d
f u l l time f o r two years i s required t o complete one
i n t e r i m f o r graduation 1.
There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses not
t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course.
One course i s considered a f u l l time load .during i n t e r i m
and no s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r f o r more than one
course d u r i n g the period.
LISTINGS
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e
of 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o
r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses
a r c graded only on the P/N system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s
i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some courses a r e o f f e r e d with e i t h e r upper o r lower
d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers
l i s t e d and the s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . Students r e g i s t e r i n g
f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l
assignments and/or a more rigorous grading s t a n d a r d .
OPTIONS
June I n t e r i m
A t l e a s t t h r e e i n t e r i m courses w i l l be t e n t a t i v e l y
o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1978 s e s s i o n of summer school
( s e e l i s t i n g s under H i s t o r y , Music and P o l i t i c a l Science).
An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m course
i n l i f u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n
charge; however, s t u d e n t s planning t o e l e c t the June
i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of the i n t e r i m
r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s wishing t o t a k e t h e
June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o the January one w i l l be
r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer course t u i t i o n .
Internships
Students a r e not encouraged t o seek an i n t e r n s h i p course
assignment d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o
s t u d e n t s who continue an i n t e r n s h i p from the f a l l term
o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l continue i n t o the
s p r i n g term. Occasionally a s t u d e n t who has had previous
work experience can develop an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h l p which
draws upon and expands t h e previous work experience.
Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t
a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o the I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than
Monday, December 12.
Independent o r Directed Study
Students may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent study
(upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r
the i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged
from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independe n t o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y p e r i n t e r i m . Students e l e c t i n g
independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
1 ) meet departmental requirements
2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n statement from
t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e study
3 ) submit t o the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r by December 1 a
d e s c r i p t i o n of the intended s t u d y ( t o p i c ,
procedure, end r e s u l t , and form of e v a l u a t i o n ) .
Students not s u b m i t t i n g t h i s information by
December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n cancelled.
I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4
i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement.
Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n
t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n
f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t
Students
Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d .
i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g the
i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s
s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l ) .
Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s
Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4
s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges
provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o
charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term.
The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged
i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged
$390 f o r t h e i n t e r i m c o u r s e .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m
should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e
a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r
t h e i r own housing and boarding arrangements, though
r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus housing can be made t o t h e o f f i c e
of t h e interim d i r e c t o r .
CLASS
TIMES
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time.
The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings a s w e l l a s t h e
beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
All Interim classes w i l l meet the- f i r s t and l a s t class
Classes scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l
d a y s of the tnterim.
meet the f i r s t day a t 9:00 and cfasaes scheduled f o r
Period IS will meet the f i r s t day a t 1:00.
INTERIM
CALENDAR
November 7-10
Interim Registration
December 12
Late I n t e r i m R e g i s t r a t i o n
January 3
F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m
9:00 a.m.
Class I
1:00 p.m.
Class I1
January 4
Last day f o r cancelladd
January 6
Last day f o r determining
grading sys tem
January 20
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s
January 27
I n t e r i m ends
THIS
CATALOG
This c a t a l o g l i s t s courses by departments with departments
l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . A t t h e end of t h e book a r e
l i s t i n g s of s p e c i a l overseas i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf
College and o t h e r courses not o f f e r e d by Augsburg College
but recognized by the College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r
d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about t h e s e courses a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n the i n t e r i m o f f i c e .
NEED
MORE
HELP?
Check with t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e (Science H a l l 135) and the
I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Marilyn P e t e r s e n , o r with the I n t e r i m
D i r e c t o r , D r . Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m phone i s
e x t e n s i o n 403.
AMERICAN STUDIES
08255
AMERICAN INDIAN VOICES
IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
American I n d i a n s speak f o r themselves through a u t o biography, f i c t i o n , p o e t r y and o t h e r w r i t i n g s . Readi n g s w i l l f e a t u r e t h e l i f e s t o r y o f a n Ogala Lakota
h o l y man, Black Elk Speaks (1932); N. S c o t t Momaday's
n o v e l , House Made o f Dawn (1967); and Vine ~ e l o r i a ' s
C u s t e r Died f o r Your S i n s and I n d i a n M a n i f e s t o (1969).
-----,
A c t i v i t i e s i n the course w i l l include informal small
group d i s c u s s i o n s ; a j o u r n a l o f r e a d i n g c r i t i q u e s ;
s h o r t r e p o r t s of a d d i t i o n a l reading; musical recordings;
and a p o e t r y r e a d i n g by a mid-western I n d i a n p o e t .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time: I1
Room:
Gym 24
AMERICAN STUDIES 08377
A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Music.
ART 10242/10342
'
FILM-MAKING I
FILM-MAKING II
Instructor.:
-Paul Rusten
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n
and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l , e l e m e n t s
o f f i l m . The making o f a 16mm sound f i l m .
Lab f e e o f $70.00
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
None f o r Film-making I
You must h a v e t a k e n Film-making I
i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making 11.
Humanities
I
Room:
Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l
ART 10247
LIFE DRAWING
Instructor:
Nonnan Holen
A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and non a r t
s t u d e n t s . The media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , i n k , c h a r c o a l ,
and p a s t e l . There w i l l be a $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t model
fee.
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
None
Room:
A r t Studio 6
ART 10179/10379
ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY
& AUSTRIA
I n s t r u c t o r s : Robert K a r l e n and
P h i l i p Thompson
B u i l d i n g upon t h e r i c h a r t s r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n Munich,
Vienna, and S a l z b u r g , t h e program w i l l combine a s u r v e y o f
a r t and music i n t h e Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaiss a n c e and t h e Modern World. D a i l y a t t e n d a n c e a t museums,
g a l l e r i e s , m u s i c a l performances and o t h e r a p p r o p r i a t e
s i t e s a r e p a r t o f t h e s c h e d u l e which i n c l u d e s f o u r days
i n , L o n d o n a n d / o r P a r i s , t e n days i n Munich, n i n e days i n
Vienna and t h r e e days i n S a l z b u r g .
While a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s t u d y both
music and a r t , a n a r e a o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n may be s e l e c t e d
from t h e f o l l o w i n g :
-
1. Music H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n
Journal and/or
research t o p i c paper
2. A r t H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n
Journal and/or
research t o p i c paper
3. Drawing ( S t u d i o A r t )
D e s c r i p t i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e
drawing w i t h emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e i n g r a p h i t e ,
crayon, i n k and wash.
4 . Independent Study
Music a n d / o r A r t w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s
approval
-
-
-
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
C o s t : $995.00
Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r ( s )
A r t o r Music
Also c o u n t s toward a r t major
BIOLOGY 20102
PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY
I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g
A s t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n
human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography
and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . A b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom
w i l l conclude t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
D i s tribution:
Time:
I
None
Science
Room:
S c i e n c e 123
BIOLOGY 20491
TOPICS IN LIMNOLOGY
Instructor:
Roberta L a m e r s
T h i s c l a s s w i l l combine l e c t u r e s by t h e i n s t r u c t o r
w i t h p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f i n - d e p t h l i t e r a t u r e r e s e a r c h by
t h e s t u d e n t s . Students w i l l a l s o develop a high q u a l i t y
p a p e r on t h e i r t o p i c .
I n l a n d l a k e s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d
from many a s p e c t s i n c l u d i n g t h e i r morphometry, c h e m i s t r y ,
and dynamics, a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f organisms
i n h a b i t i n g them, and a s p e c t s o f w a t e r p o l l u t i o n .
This
course f u l f i l l s the requirement of t h e seminar f o r
t h e b i o l o g y major.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Junior o r s e n i o r biology major
Room:
Main 7
BIOLOGY 20183120383
THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS
I n s t r u c t o r s : Norman Ferguson
Robert ~ e r f o r t h
L e c t u r e and l a b o r a t o r y . A s t u d y o f t h e b a s i c p r o c e s s e s
of t h e nervous system. Emphasis w i l l be placed on t h e
a c t i o n o f i n d i v i d u a l n e u r o n s ; how t k e y behave and
i n t e r a c t w i t h *one a n o t h e r . Topics t o be c o n s i d e r e d
w i l l i n c l u d e : e l e c t r o p h y s i o l o g i c a l methods used i n
studying nerve c e l l s , t h e e l e c t r i c a l p r o p e r t i e s of the
n e r v e axon, t h e synapses between neurons, t h e i n t e g r a t e d
a c t i v i t y o f n e u r o n s , and t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of s e n s o r y
r e c e p t o r s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be a c t i v e l y involved i n
l a b o r a t o r y d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f many o f the phenomena
discussed i n class.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : A c o u r s e i n Biology a n d / o r & e m i s t r y
and c o n s e n t o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r s
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Science
Room:
S c i e n c e 318 and 227
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
21140
INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS
Instructor:
Amin Kader
Survey of common and important p r o v i s i o n s of f e d e r a l
and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s with emphasis
on completing the 1040 t a x form. Not open t o majors i n
Economics and Business Administration.
Prerequisites:
Time:
None
I
Room:
Science H a l l 320
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 2 1255
RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS
AND ECONOMICS
I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
Course w i l l cover p a r a m e t r i c and non-parametric s t a t i s t i c a l techniques and SPSS programming (computer programming using t h e s t a t i s t i c a l package f o r s o c i a l s c i e n c e s ) .
Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n experimental
r e s e a r c h and a n a l y s i s of survey q u e s t i o n n a i r e s .
Lab f e e of $30.00.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Main 23
CHEMISTRY 34 109
CHEMISTRY IN A N URBAN ENVIRONMENT
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Olmsted
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l d i s c u s s t h e chemical problems encountered
i n urban l i v i n g and how t h e s e problems and t h e i r s o l u t i o n s
a f f e c t t h e s t a n d a r d of l i v i n g i n t h e c i t y . Environmental
q u a l i t y mneems n o t only the open space8 and wilderness
areas of the country. People and where they l5ve are
a l s o part of the environment, The course w i l l explain
i n layman" sterna t h e chemf c a l e f f e c t s of t o x i n s and
other substances present fn a i r , water, s o i l and food,
and digcuss the p e r t i n e n t chemical reactions. Proposed
solutions t o some of the problems w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i r p o s s i b l e r a m i f i c a t i o n s on Living
s t a n d a r d s and economics.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Science
Time: I
~ o o m :S c i e n c e H a l l 315
ECONOMICS 22150
CONSUMER IN MODERN SOCIETY
Instructor:
S a y t a Gupta
I n d i v i d u a l s must make c h o i c e s i n many a r e a s of t h e i r
d a i l y l i f e . I n o u r complex modern s o c i e t y poor d e c i s i o n making on t h e p a r t o f i n d i v i d u a l s i s n o t uncommon. This
c o u r s e i s n o t i n t e n d e d t o d i r e c t consumer c h o i c e s , b u t
t o p r o v i d e an awareness o f the a l t e r n a t i v e s and opportuni t i e s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e consumer. The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o
a s s i s t consumers i n making t h o s e c h o i c e s which a r e b e s t
f o r t h e i r purposes i n the l i g h t of t h e i r v a l u e s .
Prerequisites :
None
D i s t r i b u t i o n : May n o t be used t o s a t i s f y t h e major
r e q u i r e m e n t s i n e i t h e r Economics o r Business
Administration.
Time:
I1
Room:
Main 23
EDUCATION
44251145251
FROM NUTCUPS TO BOTTLE CAPS
(TEACHER-MADE MATERIALS)
Instructor:
Marie McNeff
Designed f o r t h e p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r , e i t h e r e l e m e n t a r y
o r s e c o n d a r y . The p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r w i l l work w i t h a
cl.assroom t e a c h e r i n i d e n t i f y i n g a r e a s where s t u d e n t s
a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y l e a r n i n g . Teacher-made m a t e r i a l s ,
t o e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n what t h e y a r e h a v i n g
d i f f i c u l t y w i t h , w i l l t h e n be c o n s t r u c t e d . Sources o f
i n e x p e n s i v e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be d i s c o v e r e d and compiled.
The teacher-made m a t e r i a l s w i l l be u t i l i z e d i n t h e
classroom t o t e s t e f f e c t i v e n e s s with s t u d e n t s .
S t u d e n t s i n t h i s c l a s s w i l l draw up i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g
c o n t r a c t s . Class s e s s i o n s w i l l be h e l d i n Wayzata i n
D r . ~ c ~ e f f home
' s
s o t h e s t u d e n t s can have a c c e s s t o
saws, p a i n t , s a n d e r s , e t c . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t
D r . McNeff, E d u c a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t , p r i o r t o December 20th
c o n c e r n i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a r r a n g e m e n t s and c l a s s r o o m
placement.
Prerequisites:
Time:
11
E d u c a t i o n 255 o r 265
Room:
D r . McNeff's home
EDUCATION 44375
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r
t h e d i s c o v e r e r . Because a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y
opening d o o r s t o knowledge, a t e a c h e r needs t o know a t
what s t a g e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e a n e n v i r o n ment i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e
l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f k i n d e r g a r t e n
c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , and a review o f
t e a c h i n g approaches. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e s w i l l be
arranged. This course is a p r e r e q u i s i t e t o s t u d e n t
t e a c h i n g a t t h e k i n d e r g a r t e n l e v e l and t o o b t a i n i n g a
l i c e n s e f o r teaching a t K level.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admittance i n t o t h e Augsburg E d u c a t i o n
program o r a n e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l t e a c h i n g c e r t i f i c a t e .
Time:
I1
Room: ~ i b r a 4r ~
EDUCATION 45483
STUDENT TEACHING
Ins tructor :
E i n a r Johnson
S t u d e n t s w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days.
O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e in. o b s e r v i n g
and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary
s c h o o l l e v e l under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h
s c h o o l personnel.
Student teaching fee:
$15.00
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g , completion of prerequisites i n education leading t o student
t e a c h i n g , admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g .
S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t D r . Johnson p r i o r t o 9 December
t o a r r a n g e f o r placement.
ENGLISH
54220
FREE-LANCE WRITING
Instructor:
David Wood
E n r o l l e e s w i l l e x p l o r e t h e f r e e l a n c e market, i d e n t i f y
an a r e a of i n t e r e s t , w r i t e a r t i c l e s i n t h a t a r e a , and
submit them f o r p u b l i c a t i o n .
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
Advanced Composition
Room:
Main 21
ENGLISH
54217
THE WRITER'S WORKSHOP: OR, THE ACT
OF WRITING WITH ONE'S OWN HANDS
Instructor:
John M i t c h e l l
How w r i t e r s go about w r i t i n g i s a m a t t e r of enduring
popular i n t e r e s t and misconception. This course w i l l
emphasize what t h e w r i t e r s themselves have t o s a y about
the a c t of w r i t i n g with t h e i r own hands. The course
w i l l concern i t s e l f with what w r i t e r s have i n common
d u r i n g the process of w r i t i n g and how they v a r i o u s l y
cope with t h e s e common problems: i t w i l l t r y t o
a s c e r t a i n the ''magical formulas" t h a t make t h e l a b o r
of w r i t i n g p o s s i b l e . Although the emphasis w i l l be
upon reading assignments, s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o make t h e i r
own w r i t e r s ' notebooks and experiment with t h e w r i t i n g
process. No previous experience with c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g
i s r e q u i r e d , but a previous i n t e r e s t i n c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g
a s a p o s s i b i l i t y i s recommended. The premise behind
the course i s t h a t although the art of w r i t i n g cannot
be t a u g h t , the
of w r i t i n g can be encouraged. Poetry,
f i c t i o n , and n o n - f i c t i o n a l prose w i l l be included.
S t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e course should be capable of independ e n t s t u d y and be w i l l i n g t o go t o some t r o u b l e i n the
dead of w i n t e r . One of the i n s t r u c t o r ' s premises i s t h a t
e f f e c t i v e w r i t i n g i s w r i t t e n by r e o p l e who a r e w i l l i n g
t o go t o more t r o u b l e than o t h e r s . Students a r e encouraged t o t a k e the course on a P/N s c a l e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I1
Room: Main 21
ENGLISH 54230
MODERN WOMEN WRITERS
I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark
Modern Women W r i t e r s w i l l e x p l o r e the work of Woolf, Nin,
S a r t o n and Lessing, a s w e l l , & many l e s s e r known poets
and prose w r i t e r s . The c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l focus on
such m a t t e r s a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s e w r i t e r s t o t h e
modernist t r a d i t i o n , whether they a r e c r e a t i n g an a r t with
a d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r e , s t y l e and c o n t e n t from the mainstream male w r i t e r s i n the modernist t r a d i t i o n , and t h e i r
views on women y t i t e r s , women's a r t , feminism and androgyny.
Prerequisiteb:
Distributibn:
/
Time:
None
Humanities
I'
Room: Main 7
ENGLISH 5436 2
CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP: FICTION
I n s t r u c t o r : Lon O t t o
Three s t u d e n t s from each of the f i v e c o l l e g e s of t h e
Associated Colleges of the Twin C i t i e s w i l l be chosen,
on the b a s i s of p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e
English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the workshop.
The workshop w i l l be p r i m a r i l y concerned with the s h o r t f i c t i o n w r i t i n g done by the p a r t i c i p a n t s . We w i l l a l s o
read and d i s c u s s some examples of i n n o v a t i v e and convent i o n a l f i c t i o n t h a t have been published w i t h i n the p a s t
t e n y e a r s , e s p e c i a l l y t h a t i n small p r e s s p u b l i c a t i o n s .
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be made on t h e b a s i s of a p o r t f o l i o of
s h o r t s t o r i e s w r i t t e n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s '
c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e c r i t i c a l d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l a l s o be
taken i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t
Toni Clark of the English Department and be prepared
t o submit some examples of t h e i r w r i t i n g t o t h e
English Department by November 1.
Time:
I1
Room:
212 OEC, College of S t . Thomas
ENGLISH 54437
SHAKESPEARE AND THE FAMILY
Instructor:
Richard Sargent
We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems of Shakespeare,
w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f t h e family.
A t the h e a r t of most of S h a k e s p e a r e ' s works i s a probing
of family r e l a t i o n s h i p s and family i n t e r a c t i o n s . We
w i l l n o t l i m i t o u r concern t o family i n t e r a c t i o n ,
however; we w i l l use t h i s t h e m a t i c approach t o develop
a broad understanding of ~ h a k e s ~ e a'rs e works. This
course i s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those s e e k i n g a g e n e r a l
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare's works; i t i s a l s o
a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those whose major i n t e r e s t i s psychology,
and s p e c i f i c a l l y family systems. Those who have a l r e a d y
had a c o l l e g e - l e v e l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare w i l l
be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s r e l a t e d t o the
theme of t h e family.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Humanities
Room:
Main 2
ENGLISH
54445
POTPPOURRI: SELECTED READINGS
FOR DISCUSSION
I n s t r u c t o r : Barbara Andersen
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make
i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which
w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n s m a l l groups, e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g
t o common books, a u t h o r s o r themes. Reading l i s t s must
be determined b e f o r e t h e end o f f a l l term s o t h a t a
d i s c u s s i o n s c h e d u l e can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e
interim session.
Prerequisites:
J u n i o r o r S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and consent
of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Main 22
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245
THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY
A S REFLECTED
LITERATURE
Instructor:
William Oyler
These works w i l l r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f
t h e 20th c e n t u r y e x p e r i e n c e which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y German,
b u t have a u n i v e r s a l a p p l i c a t i o n a s w e l l . Topics w i l l
i n c l u d e : t h e anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l l i f e , t h e
s e a r c h f o r p e r s o n a l i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , t h e u s e s o f
power, w a r , p o l i t i c a l change and c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h
u l t i m a t e q u e s t i o n s o f l i f e and d e a t h . Works by E a s t
German and women w r i t e r s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . S t u d e n t s
w i l l read and r e p o r t on one work i n a d d i t i o n t o t h o s e
d i s c u s s e d i n c l a s s . T h i s c o u r s e i s a v a r i a t i o n on
German L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n (244), which covers
n e a r l y 200 y e a r s from t h e Age o f C l a s s i c i s m t o t h e
p r e s e n t . S i n c e t h e two c o u r s e s a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l ,
s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245 and
v i c e v e r s a . C r e d i t does n o t a p p l y t o a major o r a
minor i n German.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Language
Time:
I1
Room:
Main 2
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
70453
LE CONTE ET LA NOUVELLE
(THE FRENCH SHORT STORY)
Instructor:
Ruth Aaskov
The French s h o r t s t o r y i n i t s two-fold c a t e g o r y ( c o n t e and
n o u v e l l e ) i s a v e r y a c c e s s i b l e and d e l i g h t f u l l y v a r i e d
l i t e r a r y form. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l t r e a t animal t a l e s and
f a b l i a u x o f t h e Middle Ages, t h e c o u r t l y t a l e , R a b e l a i s i a n
e p i s o d e s o f e x a g g e r a t i o n , f a i r y t a l e s of P e r r a u l t and t h e i r
modern c o u n t e r p a r t s , a s w e l l a s 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r y
p o l i s h e d forms. We w i l l look f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s by and
a b o u t t h e French, t h e i r c o n c e r n s and way o f l i f e , t h e
u n i q u e and t h e u n i v e r s a l . There w i l l be o p p o r t u n i t y t o
e x p l o r e a s p e c i a l a r e a of i n t e r e s t , such a s c l a s s i c s f o r
c h i l d r e n ; a p e r i o d , a u t h o r , o r theme; examples o f
Francophone l i t e r a t u r e .
Readings, t a p e - l i s t e n i n g ,
d i s c u s s i o n , r e p o r t s i n French.
P r e r e q u i s t e s : French 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Time:
Languages ( a l s o c o u n t s toward m a j o r / m i n o r )
Room: Main 4
I1
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
76312
SPANISH EXPRESSION
Instructor:
Gunta R o z e n t a l s
Course i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s who have a b a s i c command o f
w r i t i n g and s p e a k i n g s k i l l s i n S p a n i s h and wish t o expand
them.
I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e t o improve o r a l and w r i t t e n
e x p r e s s i o n w i t h emphasis on c o n v e r s a t i o n a l f a c i l i t y ,
s t r e s s i n g i d i o m a t i c usage and t h e f i n e r p o i n t s o f grammar.
Readings t o s t i m u l a t e d i s c u s s i o n and broaden c u l t u r a l
background from contemporary l i t e r a r y t e x t s and magazine
articles.
Conducted i n Spanish.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
311 o r 212 w i t h p e r m i s s i o n
Language ( a l s o c o u n t s toward major/minor)
Room:
Main 4
HISTORY 56136
OF ARMS AND THE MAN: WARFARE
INTHE ANCIENT WORLD
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson
Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course w i l l
consider t h e causes and consequences of war i n t h e a n c i e n t
Mediterranean World. S t r a t e g y and t a c t i c s , technology and
p e r s o n a l i t i e s w i l l be major c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . Students
w i l l be required t o complete a term p r o j e c t . While a
paper may be a c c e p t a b l e , s t u d e n t s w i l l be urged t o do
something l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s ,
b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g o r the l i k e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
History
ROO^:
Main 18
HISTORY 56495
SEM1NAR:ASPECTS OF THE
NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN EXPERIENCE
Instructor:
Carl Chrislock
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the emergence of such c u l t u r a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and t r a d i t i o n s a s church, p r e s s , f r a t e r n a l
s o c i e t i e s , musical o r g a n i z a t i o n s e t c . Students w i l l
develop competencies i n t h e use of source m a t e r i a l s and
i n a r c h i v e work. I f c o n d i t i o n s allow, a f i e l d t r i p t o
t h e Norwegian American museum i n Decorah, I w a and t o the
Norwegian American H i s t o r i c a l Association a r c h i v e s i n
N o r t h f i e l d , Minnesota w i l l be included. Augsburg a r c h i v e s
w i l l a l s o be u t i l i z e d . Some moderate f e e s w i l l be assessed
f o r travel.
Prerequisites :
Time: I
Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
L i b r a r y 201
HISTORY 56382
AFRICA: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
-CHARTING A COURSE FOR SURVIVAL
IN THE 21ST CENTURY
I n s t r u c t o r : Ralph Crowder
The t h r u s t of t h i s course w i l l be an indepth a n a l y s i s of
Kenya, a developing n a t i o n i n E a s t Africa. A primary
concern w i l l be t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of major themes w i t h i n
the a r e a s of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c s , economics and t h e s o - c a l l e d
dllemma of modernization. An a d d i t i o n a l a r e a of concern
w i l l be an e v a l u a t i o n of African and Afro-American linkages
w i t h i n a h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary context. Students
w i l l be expected t o i d e n t i f y a s p e c i f i c a r e a of i n t e r e s t
and prepare a research r e p o r t analyzing t h e i r a r e a of
concern. A d a i l y j o u r n a l w i l l a l s o be required of a l l
p a r t i c i p a n t s . The course w i l l combine a t t e n d i n g l e c t u r e s
a t the U n i v e r s i t y College, N a i r o b i , f i e l d t r i p s t o r u r a l
a r e a s and l i m i t e d time f o r personal e x p l o r a t i o n . A
s e r i e s of p r e p a r a t o r y seminars and r e a d i n g assignments
w i l l be conducted d u r i n g t h e f a l l semester t o adequately
prepare course p a r t i c i p a n t s f o r an organized and coherent
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the African c o n t i n e n t
.
Contact i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r
d e t a i l s regarding c o s t s , e t c .
HISTORY 56215
WESTERN CIVILIZATION AND ITS
ESTHETIC TRADITION
I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
-
Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n
a
P e r s o n a l View'' t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e u s e s a s a background t h e c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works o f Europe
t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s s e e n through
i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th
Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s ,
l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s
.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution: History
Time: Summer S e s s i o n I
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 60325
LOOKING AT THE FUTURE
Instructor:
Sheldon F a r d i g
Glimpses o f t h e f u t u r e through t h e eyes o f t h e Club
o f Rome doomsday p r o p h e t s , Buckminster F u l l e r and o t h e r
o p t i m i s t s , t h e o u t e r s p a c e v i s i o n a r i e s , t h e "small i s
b e a u t i f u l " c o n s e r v a t i o n i s t s , t h e p r a c t i c a l man (e.g.
c i t y planner, a r c h i t e c t , p o l i t i c i a n ) , the science
f i c t i o n and s c i e n c e f a n t a s y w r i t e r .
Awareness of c u r r e n t b r e a k t h r o u g h s , o f what i s i n t h e
d a i l y p r e s s ; S t a r Wars. F u t u r e s t h i n k i n g s t r a t e g i e s and
games. A l l a r e a s open f o r extended s t u d y . S p e c i a l f e e s :
Cost o f t i c k e t t o " S t a r Wars" a n d / o r o t h e r commercial f i l m s .
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Library 4
LIBRARY SCIENCE 47361
TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Instructor:
Grace S u l e r u d
W r i t i n g f o r c h i l d r e n w i l l be e x p l o r e d through t h e s t u d y
o f s e l e c t e d t o p i c s i n 1 9 t h c e n t u r y American and B r i t i s h
c h i l d r e n ' s books which p r o v i d e a n e x c e l l e n t view o f
t h e c u l t u r a l v a l u e s o f t h i s p e r i o d . An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y
approach w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d such a s
h i s t o r y , religion, sociology, o r a r t to study writing
f o r c h i l d r e n from t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e ' s p o i n t - o f view.
S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o u s e t h e r e s o u r c e s
o f t h e K e r l a n and Hess C o l l e c t i o n s a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota f o r r e s e a r c h on a t o p i c which t h e y choose
i n consultation with the instructor.
Prerequisites :
Time :
Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
I
Main 8
MATHEMATICS 61136
AN EXPOSURE OF CHAOS IN
MODERN COSMIC MODELS
I n s t r u c t o r : Henry F o l l i n g s t a d
An o r i g i n a l a n a l y t i c s u r v e y o f some c o n t r o v e r s i a l mathr e l a t e d i d e a s which d e a l w i t h t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n o f
t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. D i r e c t e d
c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l r e b e a r c h w i l l e x p l o r e t h e h i s t o r i c a l
impact of u s e f u l math c o n c e p t s , and w i l l a l s o n o t e misuses
o f m a t h e m a t i c s which h a v e promoted q u e s t i o n a b l e dogmas.
New d a t a w i l l be p r e s e n t e d which c h a l l e n g e t h e v a l i d i t y
o f some m a j o r c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s o f astronomy, cosmology,
g e o l o g y , b i o l o g y , and t h e h u m a n i t i e s .
Prerequisties :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 212
MATHEMATICS 61130
SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC
I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper
I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some of t h e evidence f o r
t h e often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and mathematics
a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , musical phenomena t h a t
p r e s e n t a high a e s t h e t i c o r i n t e l l e c t u a l appeal i n both
t h e i r a r t i s t i c and mathematical a s p e c t s a r e r a r e . P o s s i b l e
t c p i c s : (1) t h e r e i s a fundamental connection i n the
s u b j e c t of tuning; ( 2 ) of more a e s t h e t i c i n t e r e s t a r e many
canons which deserve t o be considered r e c r e a t i o n a l mathematics; ( 3 ) the s u b j e c t of symmetry, which i s important
( f o r example) t o twelve-tone composition, lends i t s e l f
t o geometric a n a l y s i s ; (4) the problem of what c o n s t i t u t e s
s t y l e can be a t t a c k e d from a p r o b a b i l i s t i c p o i n t of view.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Tim: I
Music 101 o r e q u i v a l e n t ; no mathematical
prerequisites
Natural Science and Mathematics
Room: Main 27
MATHEMATICS 6 1 2 4 2
THE DEMYSTlFlCATlON OF
ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS
Instructor:
Bev Durkee
Mathematics made s i m p l e f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t
l i k e i t , who a r e a f r a i d o f i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t ,
b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t:o e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l
c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s o f a r i t h m e t i c o f t h e e l e m e n t a r y
s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d . O f f e r e d p r e v i o u s l y a s B a s i c
Concepts o f Mathematics.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Time:
I1
N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics
Room:
Science H a l l 320
INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS
I n s t r u c t o r : James L. Johnson
With t h e a d v e n t of Large S c a l e I n t e g r a t i o n s (LSI) technology, i t h a s become p o s s i b l e t o pack a l l o f t h e c o n t r o l
and l o g i c f u n c t i o n s o f a computer on a few s m a l l s o l i d s t a t e "chips".
T h i s arrangement i s commonly c a l l e d a
micro-processor.
The c o u r s e w i l l , a s time p e r m i t s ,
i n v e s t i g a t e the following f e a t u r e s of microprocessors:
( i ) d i g i t a l components i n v o l v e d ; ( i i ) system s u p e r s t r u c t u r e f o r b u s s i n g d a t a among t h e s e components ; ( i i i )
programming t e c h n i q u e s .
The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e implementation of c e r t a i n microprocessor c o n f i g u r a t i o n s with
d i g i t a l "chips".
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t r o d u c t o r y programming c o u r s e o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Time:
I1
Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 2 0 5
MUSIC 82115
PIPE ORGAN CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN
I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Lee Metzker
A b a s i c i n t r o d u c t i o n t o and s u r v e y o f pipe o r g a n cons t r u c t i o n and d e s i g n . We w i l l be working w i t h Clarence
Gou ld., l o c a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e Moller organ company,
i n h i s f a c t o r y and o b s e r v i n g s e v e r a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s of
organs i n t h e Twin C i t i e s and surrounding communities.
Prerequisites:
An a v i d i n t e r e s t i n p i p e organs
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room:
Music 10
MUSIC 82377
A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES
I n s t r u c t o r : James Carlson
Topics covered i n c l u d e : What is j a z z ? ; How t o l i s t e n
to jazz; Jazz Herftages; Rluea; New Orleans D t x i e l a n d ;
a i c a g o Dixieland; Ragtime; Boogie-Woogie; Swing, Bop;
Cool; Funky; Gospel; 3 r d Stream; Free j a z z , L a t i n j a z z ;
The School Scene; J a z z l ~ o c k ;Future D i r e c t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Time:
None
I
Ro-om:
Olivet Hall
MUSIC 82179182379
ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY
& AUSTRIA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under A r t .
MUSIC 82110
MUSIC THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW
I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler
V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l
s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s d e a l i n g with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s
i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an overnight t r i p t o a
neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n
t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music
therapy undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non- therapy
majors.
$10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n .
Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be
scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps
ove rnigh t
-
.
( P r e v i o u s l y o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy).
Prerequisites :
Time:
None
Summer, Term I
MUSIC 82119182319
JUMPING JACKS: A POTPOURRI OF
MUSIC, MOVEMENT, AND MIME
Instructor:
James D. Johnson
I n t e g r a t i o n of music, improvisations, i n t e r p r e t a t i v e
v o i c e , i n t e r p r e t a t i v e movement, mime. Students w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n the above a c t i v i t i e s and p r e s e n t a
c o n c e r t a t t h e end of the I n t e r i m .
A s t u d e n t must have Acting (232) t o r e g i s t e r f o r upper
division credit.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Music Auditorium
NURSING 8 1320
TRENDS, ISSUES, LEADERSHIP IN NURSING
Instructors : Patricia ~ ' ~ a n e ,
Beverly Nilaaon, Susan Nash
A course designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t l e a d e r s h i p
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l nurse and t h e trends
and i s s u e s evolving i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
Admission t o Augsburg nursing program
o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
None
Room:
Main 19
NURSING 81322
TRENDS AND ISSUES IN SOCIALIZED
HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS
I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Larson
This course i s designed t o observe and e v a l u a t e s o c i a l i z e d
h e a l t h c a r e i n England. S p e c i f i c i s s u e s a r e : t h e r o l e of
nursing and u t i l i z a t i o n of n u r s i n g ' s s e r v i c e s , s t r e n g t h s
and weaknesses of the system, types of h e a l t h c a r e
d e l i v e r y , and r o l e of the c l i e n t i n t h e system. The
s t u d e n t w i l l r e l a t e the p o t e n t i a l e f f e c t of s o c i a l i z e d
h e a l t h c a r e t o the n u r s i n g p r o f e s s i o n i n the U.S.
Prerequisites :
Cost: $895.00
Nursing 320, Trends, I s s u e s & Leadership
i n Nursing.
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
PHILOSOPHY 83135
TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION :
OR, ADAM HAD A-TOMS
I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some o f t h e a r e a s o f c o n f l i c t ,
w h e t h e r r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , be tween s c i e n t i f i c and
r e l i g i o u s thought.
It w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n
c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
l i e f l y , we w i l l
be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f w h e t h e r a r e l i g i o u s
p o i n t o f view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c
m i l i e u , a n d , i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t m i g h t t a k e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
None
Hurnani t i e s
I1
Room: Main 25
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
MODERN DANCE
I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela P a u l s o n
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n modern d a n c e t e c h n i q u e and
c r e a t i v e c o m p o s i t i o n i n c l u d i n g : e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement,
e n e r g y , form and d e s i g n . No p r e v i o u s dance e x p e r i e n c e
necessary.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Time :
I1
Room: Melby Gym
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55410
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Bors t a d
H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l bases, s c h o o l h e a l t h
s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h
program and r e s o u r c e s . Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n
h e a l t h e d u c a t i o n w i t h l a b o r a t o r y experience i n
c l a s s room and community.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : H. Ed. 320 o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
Room: Gym 1 2
I
PHYSICS 84150
SCIENCE AND SOCIETY
--
THE TECHNOLOGICAL TRAP?
I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson
No one, n o t even t h e most b r i l l i a n t s c i e n t i s t a l i v e today,
r e a l l y knows where s c i e n c e i s t a k i n g us. Our c i v i l i z a t i o n
has been l i k e n e d t o a t r a i n which i s g a t h e r i n g speed,
r a c i n g down a t r a c k on which t h e r e a r e an unknown number of
s w i t c h e s l e a d i n g t o unknown d e s t i n a t i o n s . There a r e a
s m a l l group of people i n t h e engine cab, and t h e r e may be
demons a t the switch. Some passengers want t o jump o f f
b e f o r e i t ' s t o o l a t e , and o t h e r s hope t o d i s c u s s t h e m a t t e r
and a t t e m p t t o communicate w i t h those up f r o n t . T h i s
course w i l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h t h e s t u d y o f t h e
f u t u r e , and e x p l o r e v a r i o u s i s s u e s i n t h e r e l a t i o n of
s c i e n c e and technology t o human g o a l s and v a l u e s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Time:
I1
F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s requirement
Room: L i b r a r y 1
PHYSICS 84105
N =R F
F F F F L: THE SEARCH FOR
P E L I E
EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE
Instructor:
Dan P e t e r s o n
Are we a l o n e ? An i n t e r e s t i n g r e s u l t of r e c e n t advances
i n a s t r o p h y s i c s and biology i s the p o s s i b i l i t y of
e s t i m a t i n g the number of advanced t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n s
i n the Galaxy with which we could communicate. The
e q u a t i o n i n t h e course t i t l e d i s p l a y s the terms involved
i n making t h i s e s t i m a t e , some of which a r e t h e r a t e of
s t a r formation i n the Galaxy, the f r a c t i o n of p l a n e t s
on which a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n a r i s e s , and the l i f e t i m e
of a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n .
I n t h i s course, we w i l l
e x p l o r e t h e q u e s t i o n of i n t e l l i g e n t l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e
by examining each of these terms i n d e t a i l . Topics iio
be covered w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c astronomy, s t a r and p l a n e t a r y
s ys tems formation, t h e e v o l u t i o n of l i f e , and the evolut i o n of technology. I n a d d i t i o n t o s t u d y i n g previous
s e a r c h e s f o r l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e , we w i l l a l s o consider
methods of i n t e r s t e l l a r communication and d i s c u s s the
consequences of c o n t a c t with e x t r a t e r r e s t r i a l l i f e .
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , t e l e s c o p e
o b s e r v a t i o n s , and g u e s t speakers.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Natural Science
Room: Science H a l l 22
POLITICAL SCIENCE
85228 o r 85428
POLITICAL PROCESS AS ART FORM
I n s t r u c t o r : Myles S t e n s h o e l
P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l c r e a t e a three-dimensional a b s t r a c t
model o f t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s a s i t o p e r a t e s i n t h e
United S t a t e s . The i n t e n t i s t o d e p i c t , v i a s t a t i c
o r k i n e t i c s c u l p t u r e , t h e complex o f i n f l u e n c e s , both
governmental and e x t r a g o v e r n m e n t a l , through which
a u t h o r i t a t i v e p u b l i c d e c i s i o n s a r e made. The model
w i l l i n c l u d e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t
p o l i t i c a l f o r c e s , t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t , f o r example,
the p o l i t i c s o f federalism, o f the l e g i s l a t i v e ,
e x e c u t i v e j j u d i c i a l , and b u r e a u c r a t i c p r o c e s s e s , o f
p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s and i n t e r e s t groups. There w i l l
be s t u d y assignments and f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ,
a b r i e f p a p e r w i l l be e x p e c t e d .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : An i n t e r e s t i n t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s
coupled w i t h a n a p t i t u d e i n a r t a n d / o r mechanics.
F o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e i n t e r i m f o r upper d i v i s i o n
c r e d i t , two p r i o r c o u r s e s i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e .
Distribution:
Time:
P o l i t i c a l Science
I
Room: A r t S t u d i o
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85295185495
INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY
I n s t r u c t o r : Norma Noonan
The p r o c e s s o f making, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g p u b l i c
p o l i c y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f some m a j o r i s s u e s o f p u b l i c p o l i c y ,
both American and c o m p a r a t i v e ; f o r example, e n e r g y , h e a l t h
c a r e , environment, budget, u r b a n problems e t c . This c o u r s e
may be t a k e n f o r e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t .
S t u d e n t s who t a k e t h e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t
w i l l be expected t o submit a r e s e a r c h pzper. D i s c u s s i o n
format p r i m a r i l y ; some s h o r t r e p o r t s on p o l i c y i s s u e s .
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
None
Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85340
THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r
s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , c m u n i c a t i o n s , sociology. B r i t i s h
mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y production and
content. We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and
a r t i s t i c reasons f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be
i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s with BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o
e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s ,
Members of Parliament and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s of mass
communications; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n
London a s w e l l a s take v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s
i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s .
Approximately the l h s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be
devoted t o independent work with each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g
a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t of one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n
news production, o r p r i n t censorship r u l e s o r r a d i o
overseas programming, e t c .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Cost:
Approximately $995.00
PSYCHOLOGY 86372
READING IN THE WORKS OF ROBERT COLES
I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson
Study i n t h e works of Robert Coles w i t h a major f o c u s
on c o n d i t i o n s under which c h i l d r e n develop.
Each s t u d e n t must propose a n i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t
and have i t approved p r i o r t o t h e beginning o f t h e
i n t e r i m . Amendments t o t h e r e a d i n g l i s t may be proposed
f o r a p p r o v a l d u r i n g t h e f i r s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Contact D r . Johnson f o r a handout p r o v i d i n g s u g g e s t i o n s
and g u i d e l i n e s f o r r e a d i n g l i s t development.
Course w i l l be o f f e r e d o n l y on a P-N g r a d i n g b a s i s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Psychology 86105 ( I n t r o d u c t o r y psych)
Time:
I
Room:
Main 28
THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Biology.
RELIGION 87328
THEOLOGY OF LEISURE, PLAY, AND SPORTS
Instructor :
John Benson
An academic c o u r s e c e n t e r e d i n what r e c e n t t h e o l o g i a n s
and some p h i l o s o p h e r s have had t o s a y about t h e p l a y
e l e m e n t ,in c u l t u r e i n g e n e r a l , and s p e c i f i c a l l y what
the Christian t r a d i t i o n has s a i d about i t . Special
emphasis on t h e i n n e r l o g i c and t h e o l o g i c a l / p h i l o s o p h i c a l
meaning o f some o f t h e c h i e f i n d i v i d u a l and group s p o r t s
such a s : f o o t b a l l , b a s e b a l l , hockey, g o l f , t e n n i s , and
basketball.
The c h i e f problem i s what t h e C h r i s t i a n
t r a d i t i o n s a y s a b o u t t h e n a t u r e o f man: i s h e a worker
(homo f a b e r ) , p l a y e r (homo l u d e n s ) , o r a w o r s h i p p e r
(homo r e l i g i o s u s ) ? (Readings w i l l be s e l e c t e d from
among t h e f o l l o w i n g a u t h o r s : J. H u i z i n g a , P e i p e r ,
R. C a i l l o i s , K a r l Rahner, Michael Novak, P a u l Weiss,
Harvey Cox, Robert Lee.)
T h i s w i l l be a s t r i c t l y academic c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g m o s t l y
l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s of a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
Some o f
t h e r e a d i n g s a r e h i g h l y a b s t r a c t and d i f f i c u l t . Regular
e s s a y t e s t s , p l u s s h o r t p a p e r s and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s .
S e v e r a l . o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , p l u s a t t e n d a n c e a t some l e i s u r e
and s p o r t i n g e v e n t s followed by r e p o r t s and d i s c u s s i o n .
S t u d e n t w i l l pay own way t o any such " f i e l d t r i p s . "
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Theology o r s p e c i a l
permission
Religion
Room: Main 1 9
RELIGION 87375
-
ISRAEL, ANCIENT AND MODERN
Instructor:
P h i l i p Quanbeck
Focus o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be a r c h a e o l o g y and geography.
A t t e n t i o n w i l l be d i r e c t e d t o t h e method and r e s u l t s o f
a r c h a e o l o g y a s they r e l a t e e s p e c i a l l y t o b i b i c a l s i t e s i n
I s r a e l . The group w i l l l i v e p r i m a r i l y i n Jerusalem. There
w i l l be l e c t u r e s , walking t o u r s i n t h e Old C i t y o f J e r u salem, and v i s i t s t o p l a c e s o f r e l i g i o u s and h i s t o r i c a l
i n t e r e s t and t o museums. Two t r i p s from J e r u s a l e m a r e
planned. One w i l l be t o t h e n o r t h where p l a c e s such a s t h e
Sea o f G a l i l e e , T i b e r i a s , Capernaum, Hazor, Megiddo and
Nazareth w i l l be v i s i t e d . A t r i p t o t h e s o u t h w i l l i n c l u d e
such p l a c e s a s Ashod, Beer Sheba, Masada and Qumran. A t
a d d i t i o n a l c o s t i t may be p o s s i b l e t o a r r a n g e a s t a y i n
Jordan.
Some time w i l l be s p e n t i n London a t t h e beginning
and a t t h e end o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Cost:
One r e l i g i o n c o u r s e
Religion
$1,100.00
RELIGION 87377
CULTS: OLD AND NEW
Instructor:
Douglas O l l i l a
An examination of s e v e r a l e s t a b l i s h e d American c u l t s , with
emphasis on c u r r e n t groups. Included w i l l be v i s i t s w i t h
l e a d e r s and members of U n i f i c a t i o n Church, o l i - l d r e n of
God, and Hare Krishna. Deprogramming w i l l be examined.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
I n t r o d c c t i o n t o Theology o r B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s
Religion
Time: I1
Room:
Science H a l l 22
SOCIOLOGY 94241
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
Instructor:
J e r r y Gerasimo
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s
r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g
element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. An examination
of t h e i d e a s of "primitive","civilizedtl, and "processt',
a comparison of a l t e r n a t e r e a l i t i e s a s found i n d i f f e r e n t
c u l t u r e s and v a r y i n g s o c i a l c o n t e x t s . An a n a l y s i s of
s e l e c t e d a s p e c t s of U.S. c u l t u r e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time: I1
None
S o c i a l Science
Room: Science 212
SOCIOLOGY 941 21
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Instructor:
Garry Hesser
Both the popular p r e s s and informal d i s c u s s i o n s suggest
an increased concern abou-t t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r
i . n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y
h e a r s about the lack. of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e
dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems
regarding the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power,
t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of our i n s t i t u t i o n s
t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . The course
provides an overview of what the s o c i o l o g i s t has t o o f f e r
i n regard t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , the course
c o n s i s t s of a s e t of u n i t s
each of which provides
an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s a n a l y s i s of some aspect
of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through
a combination of l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and
assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t apply what i s
being learned.
--
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
11'
None
S o c i a l Science
Room :
Main 28
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98340
THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under P o l i t i c a l Science.
SOCIAL WORK 95257
PRACTICUM IN HUMAN SERVICES
I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and
Doug P e r r y
Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a h e l p i n g p e r s o n ? Would
you l i k e t o e x p e r i e n c e human s e r v i c e i n a s o c i a l agency?
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e f o r you t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o s e r v e
a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a real human s e r v i c e s e t t i n g . S t u d e n t s
w i l l s e l e c t placements r e q u i r i n g t h i r t y hours- a week a s
v o l u n t e e r s . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d meet w i t h v a r i o u s human
s e r v i c e p r o f e s s i o n a l s t o o b e e r v e and d i s c u s s s e r v i c e
d e l i v e r y . On-campus weekly review c o n f e r e n c e s and
supportive
academic work w i l l i n t e g r a t e t h e practicum.
This experience should h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether
o r n o t t o pursue human s e r v i c e s e d u c a t i o n d u r i n g t h e
remainder o f t h e i r c o l l e g e c a r e e r s .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h i s c o u r s e w i l l be asked t o meet
w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s e a r l y i n December t o a r r a n g e f o r placements
Prerequisites :
Time :
None
I
Room: S c i e n c e Auditorium
SOCIAL WORK 95457
SOCIAL POLICY
I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and
Nagwa F a r a g
S o c i a l P o l i c y a f f e c t s u s d a i l y from b e f o r e o u r b i r t h
u n t i l o u r d e a t h . How i s s o c i a l p o l i c y made? By whom?
F o r what r e a s o n s ? What v a l u e systems impact on i t ?
Where a r e t h e " p r e s s u r e p o i n t s " ? E x p e r i e n c e , l e c t u r e s ,
readings w i l l provide t h e s t u d e n t opportunity f o r
i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s o c i a l p o l i c y i n Minnesota v i s - a - v i s
t h e U.S. and abroad.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
Senior o r permission of p r o f e s s o r .
r e q u i r e d , S o c i a l Work m a j o r s
~ o o m : Main 25
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98285
STORY THEATER: PREPARATION
AND PERFORMANCE
Instructor:
A i l e n e Cole
Using t h e s t o r y - t h e a t e r method, c l a s s members w i l l p r e p a r e and p e r f o m one o r more c h i l d r e n ' s s t o r i e s . A l l
a s p e c t s of the production
the play, scenery, l i g h t s ,
costumes, sound, p r o p s , p u b l i c i t y , h o u s e , and t h e
w i l l be t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f the c l a s s .
strike
Must c l e a r s c h e d u l e f o r performance t h e f i n a l week o f
t h e term.
-
-
None
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Humanities
+ performance
Time:
9:30-12 and 1-3
Room:
Theater auditorium
times
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 983 21
ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING
I n s t r u c t o r : Ray Anderson
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e a n o p p o r t u n i t y t o work
toward a p o l i s h e d s p e a k i n g s t y l e i n both composition
and d e l i v e r y . A t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o g r e a t s p e e c h e s
and t o r h e t o r i c a l t h e o r y , b u t t h e emphasis w i l l be
S t u d e n t s w i l l perform i n some way
on performance.
e v e r y day. An e f f o r t w i l l be made t o develop each
s t u d e n t ' s unique powers o f c r e a t i v i t y and showmanship.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
A beginning c o u r s e i n speech
high school o r college
-
Humanities
Room:
Library 1
either
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS
98329
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION &
THE QUEST FOR GLOBAL JUSTICE
Instructor:
J o e l Mugge
Based i n Mexico City, Oaxaca and a Benedictine monastery
i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec near Cuernavaca. T r a v e l t o
Mexico w i l l be by bus and t r a i n . Mexico provides a
s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s
a r e much d i f f e r e n t from o u r own. The course w i l l explore
ways i n which these a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and
shape the communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and nonverbal,
and how t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication
can be broken down. The course w i l l a l s o examine the
p o l i t i c a l and economic r e a l i t i e s which c o n t r i b u t e t o
i n e q u i t y and i n j u s t i c e i n L a t i n America, a s w e l l a s how
t h e message of the church speaks t o t h e s e r e a l i t i e s .
Emphasis w i l l be on the C h r i s t i a n s ' r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s f o r
working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make a j u s t Global S o c i e t y
possible.
Learning w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d by d i r e c t c o n t a c t
w i t h s e v e r a l dimensions of Mexican l i f e
urbanmonastic
as well
community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a small v i l l a g e
a s by s e v e r a l resource people who a r e d i r e c t l y involved
i n the s t r u g g l e f o r j u s t i c e .
A p r e - i n t e r i m workshop,
s e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and
a f i n a l paper w i l l be required.
-
Prerequisites:
Grading:
Pass/No c r e d i t only
Distribution:
Cost:
None
Humanities
$495.00 i n c l u d i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n
-
ST.
OLAF
INTERNATIONAL
INTERIMS
The following i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d
by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t
e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e o r from
Mary Kingsley i n the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of
Memorial H a l l .
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n
one of t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should apply i n t h e
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1.
19th and 20th Century Scandinavian A r t (Denmark,
Norway, Sweden)
Mediterranean Culture (Greece)
I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e ( I r e l a n d )
French Language, Culture and Theater ( P a r i s )
Encounter with t h e Two Germanys (East and West Germany)
T h e a t e r i n London
Science H i s t o r y i n Europe (Munich, P a r i s , London)
Comparative Legal Systems (Great B r i t a i n , France,
Ne t h e r l a n d )
a r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. ( I t a l y )
Spanish Language, Culture and T h e a t e r (Madrid, Spain)
Dynamics o f C h r i s t i a n S o c i a l Concern i n L a t i n America
(Mexico)
I n t e n s i v e I n t e r p r e t i v e Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico)
I n t e n s i v e Advanced Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico)
Folk R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan (Taiwan)
Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l
elations
(Hawaii)
COURSES
These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups not
connected with Augsburg but have been approved f o r c r e d i t
by t h e college. Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t plus o t h e r
expenses which a r e the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of the s t u d e n t .
F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g i s t e r i n g a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m Office of the College.
55106
SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) Cost: approxi m a t e l y $500 which i n c l u d e s lodging but n o t meals
o r t r a n e p o r t a t i o n t o Utah.
THE NORTHWOODS LIFE STYLE: A GENERAL NORTHWOODS
ENCOUNTER
Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
58210
RECREATION AND CAMPING I N THE COLD WEATHER
ENVIRONMENT
Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
58208
58212
OUTDOOR LEADERSHIP PRACCICUM
Approximate c o s t : $280.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
ENGINEERING APPLIED TO BIOMEDICAL PROBLEMS
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Washington U n i v e r s i t y , S t . Louis, Missouri
Cost: approximately $550 f o r t u i t i o n , housing and
meals, but some s c h o l a r s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e .
10163
BASIC SPINNING, WEAVING AND DYEING
10271 ETHNIC WEAVES-NAVAHO, BOLIVIAN, TURKISH
Weavers Guild o f Minnesota
Cost: $100 plus m a t e r i a l s ($5-7)
S t u d e n t s who have taken A r t 10270, 10103, 10104
10105 may n o t r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r 10163. .
e
..
Interims Abroad, January,1978
Cooperative Programs of Augsburg and St. Olaf Col
3rograms in Europe
Art/Music IIm: Art and Music in
Southern Germany and Austria Cost: $995.00
Robert Karlen, Music, Augsburg
Phillip Thompson, Art, Augsburg
Building upon the rich arts resources available in Munich,
Vienna, and Salzburg, the program will combine a survey of
art and music in the Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaissance and the Modem World. Daily attendance at museums, galleries, musical performances and other appropriate
sites are part of the schedule which includes four days in
Lundun rlnd/or Pxris, ten days in Munich, nine days in
Vienna nr~dt h r w days in Salzburg.
While all partici Ants will be required to study both music
and urt. an urea uLoncentration may be selected from the
following:
I . Music History and Appreciation
- Journal and/or re..
search topic paper 2. Art History and Appreciation - Journal and/or research topic paper
3. Drawing (Studio Art) - Descriptive and interpretive
drawing with emphasis on architecture in graphite,
crayon,
- .
ink and wash. .
4. Indevendent Studv - Music and/or Art with instructor's approval
Counts toward art major only.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Art or Music).
Prereqsis te: Consent of Instructor(s)
Enrollment: 35
Art IIb: 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian Art
Reidar Dittmann, St. Olaf
Cost: $1,050.00
Painting, sculpture, and related arts in Denmark, Sweden,
and Norway, beginning with Romanticism and encompassing Realism, Impressionism, and post-Impressionist trends
with special emphasis on Edvard Munch's Expressionism.
Counts toward art or Norwegian major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area 0).
Prerequisite: Art I I recommended but not required.
Enrollment: 20
Classics IIa: Mediterranean Culture
Richard Olson, St. Olaf
Cost: $995 -00
Thc civilizntio~~
ol'l;rcccc I'rom thc Bronzc A c through
Clausictll Anti uity viuwcd rronl two princip;lf 1uc;luuns.
klcraclcuii~an2 h thcns. Daily Icclurcs :tnd visi~sto Bronrc
hgc M inuii~isilcs in Crctc st K nussrrs, Pliaisio*, end M ulliu,
ltnd clilsc r~ltcnliunto tllc vast collcc~iunin lhe Archueolugival Mumum at I-lcraclcu~ir.It) Arhcns and its environs, will1
the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the
Bronze Age of the Mycenaeans, and field trips to Classical
sites.
Counts toward Classics or History Major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B).
Prerequisites: History 63 recommended but not required.
Enrollment: 25
English IIc: Irish Civilization and Literature
Graham S. Frear, St. Olaf
Cost: $925.00
Based in Dublin at the Irish Humanities Centre, the course
provides study it1 Irish culturc and literatllrc t h r o ~ ~ gdaily
ll
lectures oirercd by cultural lcadcrs rlnd ~l'ternonnserninnrs
on topics uf ~ ~ e r t i n r ~Monday
~ c c , through Thursday. SLUdents will livc irl lrislr h u ~ n c swit11 thc nddd dilnension uf
personal contact. Opportunity for extensive theater and
other cultural resources of Dublin and surrounding area
i l ~ ~ . o l iday
~ l t lours and sludent initiated [rips us well ns a 3 4
d t ~ ytrlp to thc wcsl
lrelantl wilt1 slops in the Gacltilchl, tllc
h e i ~ rol'~ tlit <ii~clicapeaking districts, then back lo Dublin
via l ; i ~ l w ~Linieiick.
r.
Curk. Wiiterlbrd. Aniplc oppoilurlity for cxp orlng Iluhlin - thc cir o f .lo ce, 0 C:asey,Swiit,
O'Fnnlain. Ucllnn. Hecketi. f i t a d n g wi6 hc bnwd on journal
and IWU papcrs on ~ o p i c s01' student choice.
Counts toward English major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A).
Enrollment: 20
French IIIa: French Language, Culture
Cost: $925.00
and Theater in Paris
Herve Pensec, St. Olaf
For advanced students in French. Attendance at performances integrated with analysis and discussion. Visits to artistic and cultural exhibits. Two fullday excursions (to Verxaillcs and Chartrcs) will1 French-speaking leciurcrs, Oplionul wcrk-end uxc~rrsiontu N o r n ~ ~ n d ySludy
.
uf ilcnls of
iopic111i~ncrcstin thc daily ttnd wcckly prvss. Onc u C fbc
no st i n ~ p u r l a r ~ ls p c c l ol'
s l o n g u ~ g cstudy during thc wind
is ltic h~ir
hours iriconvrr.riitiunni prac~iccill gmupsoFthrcc
cilch wirh French sludents or the IJniversitv of Pnris acting
as tutors. Students will keep a journal in French incorporating reflections on the theater and observations on French
life.
Counts toward French major.
lull'ills ?i.i~r~hutiun
requirement (Area A).
Prcrcqulr~tc: I:rcnch 51 with minimum grade of B-.
t7rirding: I't~r;a(No Credit only
E I I ~ I J I I ! T II C
. ~~:
German IIb: Encounter with the Two Cermanys
Hanno Klassen, St. Olaf
Cost: $950.00
r\ study i ~ ~ l ShCcP I I ~ H ~
wuyY
C
of Gerltiany ~ i n c c1945. I'wo
wccks with thc pcoplc u l the German Dcmucrutic Rcpublic
will tlv li~lluwcrihy $1 ~ w n c l u d i nslay
~ ill t l ~ cFederal Rcpublic
oriicrmany. The cuursc is dcsipnd to use t hc Cjcrnrun language for n cornparulivt: study ul'thc 1 . w Wellanschuuungen
~
w l ~ i c thuve
~ slir~prtlvary differer~tpolitic:ll nations.
In the (icrrnrtn Dcmi)cr:~licKcpublio the Yor~fhHIISIC~
in
Lcip7,ip will bc 111ccontact base. Side trips will hc made to
uthcr lllaccs of cu lturul intcrcsr. Munich will be rllc location
I'ur inquiries into lire in thc f~cdcrulIlcpublic. Studenls will
live wit11 host rarnilics. Individual coritacr wilh the peoplc is
stressed. Lectures and discussions with students and religious groups, visit to social and welfare institutions, and at-
tendance a t artistic performances and exhibitions. Daily discussions. Participants are expected to speak German at all
times. Each student is required to keep a journal.
Counts toward German major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A).
Prcrcqi~istlc: German 51
Grflding: Pass No Credit only.
Enrollmrnr: 26
Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London
Ronald Lee, St. Olaf
Cost: $895.00
Study of drama through attendance a t performances.
More than 40 theatres make London the theatrical center of
the English-speaking world and will enable students to experience varieties of dramatic productions, modern and traditional. The course will involve play attendance and discussion, backstsgc ohscrv:itinn and convcrsatiun. Supplemental visits are planned tu the cultural attractions in London,
Stmtford. Oxrcml, und Cambridge, t ~ n dto u representative
rcpional thmtrc. Students will kecp joumnls.
Counts toward English or speech major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B).
Grading: Pass No Credit only.
Enrollment: 2 l
Interdisciplinary IIc: Science History in Europe
Allen Hanson, St. Olaf
Cost: $975.00
Scicncc I iislory in t u r o p focuses on ~ h rc~ w a n d d ~ v b l o p
men! o ~ n a i u r a I s ~ ; r s & p i c ~ c j m s c i c n u f i c a Wbbl
nd
ThO Dmrtdws M w in~
rnuqcums i n wmM
Mynda FEB~~IFW
techfinlo
p r o m und sdmhltr?dc~no u t r w r . T h M tlu&kr anti m u 9 1 I t e m w m b
in Park, yitb tbdr ~ I I c c @ ~ and
B rwhtnudibn~(M cciallj athcP a ~ w
Iwtit~iastml~
are h b # t i tifife
m.
1
rchro ~ e t o p p b t .PWO odon w hub, rmcitk8a*
tostoiLTrpa UntqenOpm m a air~$vriN~
London it* w ~ t hftsBrrtish Muscum, Oremwtc a*c
Museum, Science Museum, Royal Inst~tution,and Medical
Ilhtory Muscuni, thc story ul' sclcn~ilicdevclop~t~cnt
from
a,trolobc to radar, I r o s Boylc to B r e ir~u,nloldcd in grcat
chunks o r rare prcscrved n puratus un lure With a sclcntlf ~ chislory lcaibook aa unLrlyinp coursc slructure. sludenls
will ollrcrvc, keep u ourn.il, rvritc intcrprttrve papers :and be
cxa~nincdon thc stiislanuc o r w e n c e history.
Fulfills d~strlbutionrequirement (Area D, non-lab)
Prerequ~s~te.One year of college science or permlsslon of
Instructor
Enrollment 25
m
4
Norwegian Im : Beginning Norwegian
Leif Hansen, Augsburg
Cost: $1,050.00
A complete introduction to the basic skills in the use of the
Norwegian language officially referred to a s "bokmal." Students will have the advantage of a considerable degree of individual attention and support in their efforts to acquire the
prvni~nciillinnIS^ niltivt. Nr)rrutg*al~srn rut thl: coursc uC tbc
iravcl itincr;lra s l u d c " 1 ~wil! i'!lvc
o ~ ~ o r t u nttli llislcn
~
lu and itif~lliY rcglfltlal v ~ ~ r l a l l o n111s sp\)kcll Nlrrwc@iall.
Tllrou 11 ~crsun;alcx~cricnccand obscrv;ilien- l l l ~ n gwith
iurlilaflecturer. ,iudmis r i l l idso pet m ercellcni insaduction to many aspects of Norwedan culture and society After spending ~ h r i s t m a swith families in Sandane (2@0 3.000 ~ o ~ u l a t i oon
n ) the West coast (5-6 days), students will
travel by bus and hydrofoil to Bcrgcn b r l l ~ c rsouth for 5-6
days of family Stay, formal l a n ~ ~ a Cg Ic~ S S C Sand formal kctures, along with sightseeing. Thc group will then continue
on to Stavanger via hydrofoil coastal ship and then to Oslo
by train (5-6 days each) for more language work and the program will again include family stays. Evaluation will include
final oral and written tests, as well as a "field" test in which
students will have an opportunity to find out how much they
have learned of the Norwegian language.
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Enrollment: 20
Nursing IIIm: Trends and Issues in Socialized
Health Care Systems
$895'00
Pamela Larson, Augsburg
An opportunity for nursing students to explore nationalized health care a s it exists in England. Among points to be
explored are: strengths and weaknesses in English health
care delivery; and the role of nursing and utilization of nursings services within the syhtcm. St~identswill relate the
knowledge gained about sociulizod Iie:~Ilhcare t o the present
U . S . health care system, illid prr>jeclthc inip~ictsocialization
would have on the role and utilization of nursing in the U.S.
Counts toward nursing major
Political Science I ~ c :
Comparative Legal Systems
G. Alan Tarr, St. Olaf
Cost: $950.00
On the broadest level this course will survey the role of law
in governance. Particular attention will be paid to the interrelationship between the system of law which develops and
the society from which it emanates. Bases for comparison
shall include common-law legal systems (especially Great
~ ~ i ~civil~ law
i ~systems
) , (especially F ~ ~E~~~~~~~
~ ~ ~
adaptations of judicial review (especially Germany and
F ~ ~and~ the~operation
~ ) of
, the international legal system
(the world court
in -l-he H ~ ~ students
~ ~ will
) . both meet
systems and, where la,,with participants in the various le
suage does not pow an obstacle, dreCtlYobserve the systems
~n operation.
Counts toward polilical scicr~ucm;lJllr
Fulfills distribution requirement (hrca C).
Prerequisite: Previous polilic:,t uclcncc course or completion of a
short reading list.
Enrollment: 15
Political Science Im or IIm: Oil and Norway:
Mutual Impact
Cost: $1,050.00
Myles C. Stenshoel, Augsburg
An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwe&inn
pclrolalm industry u p n the plilics and economy of
N~~~~
convcr5elv,
of~orwcgian
political erspectives
irnd insritulions pn the dcvclopment rind use o&his recently ~iiscovcredrcaourcc. AI'rcr a gcnernl introduction to Norwcgian politics uncl culturt, s t u d c n ~ws i l l be exposed, throu h
rtadiiig, luctur~s.observation md conversation. t o the
tics of oil from varying
a small
ex er
ience; perceptions ofacademics; impact upon an oil- roiuc:
ing city; oil development under political controls; anfthe establishment of a natural oil policy in a welfare state.
be shared with the group
arrangements
the Nurwepinn lan u a g anrl culture and thus stuexlracurriru~.
'Ir 'pporLunities in these areas.
dents will
See Beginning N u r w q i ~ ~dcscripiion
n
for itinerary and family stay plans,
counts
towardpolitical science major,
~ u l f i l ~distribution
s
tcclurremonr.
Both upper and lowcr rlivi~ii~n
c.rcrlit possible.
- one political science course.
Prerequisite: For upper' lcvcl d~v~sion
Program
in the Middle East
Religion IIm: Israel, Ancient and Modern
Philip Quanbeck, A ugsburg Cost: $1,100.00
Focus of the interim will be archaeology and geography.
Attention will be directed to the method and results of arch;lurllugy aa rliry r e l a ~ erspecii~llyLII hilllic;~lsites in Israel.
Frnu ,,ill
live primllrllj in J
~ T-hcrcaill
~
leers in the ()it! ( .irv f,, ~
~
~
~,.isits~
t. o
s l r r l i p l u u a :lnd h i s t ~ r K ; l inarol
l
;lnd nluscl,nn,
Tivu [rips I'rur~~
Jcrusnlcm arc pl:~~incd.Onc will hc LO thc
1,
,I, s,;, Gi,l,,,7 ~i,,,,,
~
~
~
~1,lumr,
~ ~~c ~ ,i d d~mild
, , ~~ n f~i r r t~l lwill, lx l visilrd
.
r\ 1ri1) t o tlrc ~ ) I I L I Iwill iliuludc s ~ c l pluccs
i
:is As'liod. Uccr
Shcbi~,M;isrld;! and Qurl~ran.h t iitlditiun;~lcost i l r~inyhc
possible to arrange a stay in Jordan. Some time will be
spent in London a t the beginning and at the end of the
interim,
Counts toward religion major.
Fulfills distribution requiremenl (religion).
Prerequisite: One religion course
w;lrki,ll:
,,,,,
Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D.
Cost: $925.00
Harlan Foss, Vernon Faillettaz, SI. Olaf
A study designed to makeChristian history comealive
through an exploration of Christian Rome a s an example of
Western Christian history in microcosm. Readings and lectures will be carefully integrated with direct exposure to sites,
monuments, art and artifacts related to the development of
the Church in Rome. Beginning with the pagan city, the
seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center
and its continued importance throughout the Middle Ages.
Resources include the Vatican Museum, Catacombs, Basilicae of S t . Peter and Pasl, papal tombs, etc. Brief visits will
be made t o Florence, Assisi, Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa.
Counts toward rel~gionmajor.
Fulfills general requirement.
Prerequisite: Level I religion and interest in Christian history
Enrollment: 35
Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture
Cost: $925.00
and Theater in Madrid
L~~~ N
~st.olaf~
~
~
~
Aimed at improving spoken Spanish, widening cultural exand becoming acquainted with the Spanish theater.
) perience,
,
Based in Madrid with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley
of the Fallen, El Escorial, and Segovia. Activities include Lutoring three times a week by Spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other museums. attendance a t theater performances integrated with
analysis and discussion. The group will also attend concerts
of the Madrid Symphony, film showings and other cultural
functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services.
Students will keep a journal in Spanish.
Counts towardSpanish major.
Fulrills distribution requirement (Area A).
Prerequisile: Spanish 51 with minimum grade or 0-.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only.
Enrollment: 15
~
,
.,
,,,
~
~
~
l
~
~
~
~
,
,
rograms in Mexico
Religion IIf: Proclamation and
Development: Dynamics of Christian Social
Concern in ~ a t i n ~ m e r i c a
Ansgar Sovik, SI. OIaf
Cost: $350.00
plus lransporlalion
'Thc study will focr~son tllc r c l u ~ i o r~U~h r i s ~ i u npruul:ln~alion to poverty, poli~icalupllressiun, nud social injus~iccin
L ~ i l i nAmcricn. and tlrc Clir~ilian'sresvmsibility Iijr \worki ~ r gtuwi~rrlstructures 1Ii:il n ~ a k cpossible :I truly Iluman cxisioncc. Tllc Scti~ilr;~ric)I..ir lllcri~floAugshurgu in M c ~ i c C'II~
u
\vill hull se lllc /r:~rliuiya~irs.M ~ i ~ l h crrl ra 111c sta l'T :i11e1 licr
r1ui1lilil.d leclurv~~s
ivill 51i:irc i n direclilip I hc ~.caditlp,s ~ u r l y
irntl discussion 131' Liilir! Anicr'iciilr "li hcrr~tion t h e t ~ l t ~ g yr "t prcscnlerl by aklc11 w i t c r s a:. Bunirio, Curncri~,Torres. Ciuilierrez, Frierre, Gheddo, Paz and Goulet, and by the "Christians for Socialism" movement i n Latin America. Direct exposure to community development projects through which
the church is seeking t o actualize its social concern will be an
integral part o f the program. Week-end field trips will feature areas o f cultural and religious interest, such as the pyramids o f Teotihuacan, the colorful Aztec market town o f Tepoztlan, the magnificent archaeological remains at Oaxaca,
the crafts city o f Taxco, etc.
Counts toward religion major.
Fulfills general requirement.
Prerequisite: Freshman religion
Enrollment: 12
Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish
Cost: $450.00
in Cuernavaca, Mexico
plus lransporlalion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
ln~cnsivcs ~ u d yofihcSpnnish Innguzge i11 ~ l i cn u w c scrting witli rintivc-spciikinp tnsl~~uciors,
a l thc C u c r ~ ~ u v1.a11.
~ci~
guage Scl~oolin Cucrnarrncu. Mcxicu. Slrong uniphasi?; on
I hc dcvclol)n~criktr l' f i ~ n c i i o ~ l :Iiinguugc
il
skills [I; thc upper.
intcrntcdiate lcvcl. Tlic rcl:~iionshipcrl' 1:inpuagc tu cull url: is
also Irv;~tcd. 0cc:lr;iunal {rips l o illrllorla~ilculiucal anrl ;iruti;lcnlogiu:il silts. A "wurking" lanpuagv coursc III i ~ r cxciii
i ~ :{lid
~ g~ i ~ lI uol rsctt ing.
Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32
Prerequisite: Successful completion or Spanish 31 or equivalent.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in
Cost: $450.00
Cuernavaca, Mexico
plus fransporlalion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
Inlcnsivc study r ~ lhc
f S p ~ ~ n i slung~~:igc
h
at (1icuilv;inccd
lcvcl i n a n i ~ f i v csclttng with t i : ~ livc-~pcakitlxinstruclr~rsor
llic Cucrnrivac~~
l.ungu:tgc S c h u r ~ il n C'ucrnavac:!, Mcxicn.
S ~ I ' ~ I Icrtiph:lsis I)TI l l i c rlevelu men1 and perttcting ol' langDilgc s t i l l s ;il t l ~ :~dvanccd
e
lcvcr Trips lr, irnpor~antcullur:~l
a n d r~rchacologicnlsites. Emphasis on dilycrinp c u t ~ u r avall
ues i n the Spanish Inngkragc ilrctl.
Counts toward Spanish major.
Prerequisite: S anish 51
Grading: ~ a s s f ~Credil
o
only
Program in Taiwan
Speech Communication IIm: Intercultural
Communication and the Quest for
Global Justice
Cost: $495.00
includes rransporlation
Joel Mugge, Augsburg
Religion IIe: Folk Religion in Taiwan
Cost: $995.00
round trip transporta/ionJron~ West Coast
Merle Metcalf, St. Olaf
The function o f folk religion i n Chinese society. Special
Uiiwd ill M c x i w ~City. O i i x l ~ c ::~IIII
~ :i Uenediu t iric tnuiiasattention t o the primacy o f integrative values and system
icry tllc "ill:lgcr,f~hua~cllccrlcur t-~,urna\m;lca, ~~~~~l
lo
Mcvicir will hc hg bus
lrllin, Mrxjvc>
Irl.ovi<ics scl[illg
maintenance i n thecommunitiesvisited. Accommodation in
whcru Inany ~ ~ r , l i ~ i c sociri]
iil.
lint1 rrligiuus r:~ll,r.h :ir.tr r ~ ~ r ~ l l temples, hostels, churches, etc. This is an extensive down island interim t o study H a k k a and Aborigine variations o f
dirfcrefll f'rcjm tlur orvn, -Ttle cu\lrsc ("ill cxpl(lrc w;lys ill
and .illilF the cclnjfolk religion. There will be one extensive "backpack" across
w l ~ i c ll~cvr.
l ~ ;Isprcls or cllliurrinflllenur
the central range o f mountains, and several shorter field
~uuriicuiirlnprncess. btith vcrhirl ;~nrlnonvcrhill. ;in4 llo,\ rllc
barriers that block effective communication can be broken
trips. During this interim w e w i l l live out o f a backpack and
cx:lnlilll. the plllilical
ccoll.
eat from local shops with the local folk. W e will spend time
(loivn, ' f l ~ ecourse ,,,ill
at the Ocean i n
villages o f Pei Kang, and L u Kang, the
i r i c ~ ~ l i :ind
t y ~ I I ~ U S ~ ~illL T
n ~ l l i crealities which contribtita
centers o f M a T Z Uworship. The last four days will be i n Taiwull a s llowthe r1rcss;lgc o f ,he churc],
I_:ati,, ,jlrlerica.
pei visiting Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist shrines, and the
SwYkS thCSCle;LljljL'S,
Elnr)h;isis Will
lIC
Llrl tllC C[1risLiiltlB3
National Palace Museum.
~~cspo~isihililirs
fur n o r king iua;lrd SlrtrctIIrcs kh;ii 111akt ;I
Counts loward religion major.
jusl Ciloh;~lSuciciy pclssiblc, 1-v:!rning will lrc h c i l i l s l c d hy
Fulrills general requirement.
ciircul coll1:et wit11 suvcr:il d i m c n s i ~ ~ nul's Mvxicun lil'c - Ilrreligion
ban mon:lrt ic u u n i n ~ u ~ ~ i ~
t yn, d111~'residents oI' 11 srr~:lllrillage - as well i l k by scvcrtil rcsr)urue people who i ~ r c d i r c u i l y
involved i n I hc struggle Tor justice. A pre-inkrim \vorksholr,
several p;iperlri~ck tehts. iln ex~rnsivedaily jot1rn31. :~n(la
final paper w i l l all hc rciluirerl.
Counts toward major.
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Enrollmenl: 15
~ ~ ~ # , $ $,Fhman
:
Program in Hawaii
Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian
Intercultural Relations
Myron Solid, SI. OIaJ
Cost: $975.00
A study o f the inlerrelation o f cultures - Asian, Polynesian, and American - which have come t o interact with each
other i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have basic
familiarity with the American component and the course will
therefore concentrate on Asian and Polynesian traditions as
shown in social customs, religion, and the arts, and on the
consequences o f their interaction with the American tradition i n the filiieth state. T w o weeks i n Honolulu and at the
University o f Hawaii and East-West Center will be followed
by study at Brigham Young University Hawaii Campus at
Laie and the Polynesian Culture Center. The course will
conclude 011thc isl:rnd ol' I-I:~w:~ii.I'nil~hasiswill be placed
on culture unil inrcrculturnl rcln~iuns. 1-cctures. major
un3 I'iclti cxpcric~iccs,oral reports, and
course p r o j c c ~ lours
,
a journal ;Ire rcquircd. hiirplc oplrortunily for exploration o f
historic silcs, ctllnic and ;trt tiruseums, rcl~giousshrines,
schools, churches--and the beaches. Hawaii itself is a living
laboratory o f intercultural relations.
Counts toward Asian sludies major
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Enrollment: 25
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin...
Show more
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma
(1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit
for one semestm without completing the other.
SYMBOLS
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must
complete both semesters.
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of
prerequisites.
CREDITS
CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester.
DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION
THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Division of Religion and Philosophy
MR. P. A. QUANBECX,
Chairman
THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised
of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view-to
relate himself to G r i s t
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of
these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division
credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do
not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation.
Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during
their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the
sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion
requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may
apply toward the major or minor in religion.
I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament,
including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament
with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament.
3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of
developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5
7. CLASSICS
IN CHRISTIAN
I)EvoTIoN. I.
2 Cr.
The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional
writings of different periods in the history of the church.
8. THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.11.
2 0.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands.
PRINCIPLES
OF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.I.
2 Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
9.
lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n.
See Course 10 under the Department of Music.
2
Cr.
Upper Bvision Courses
5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE
RELIGION. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of
the great non-Christian religions of the world.
OF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I.
3 Cr.
5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS
The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical
development of some of these doctrines.
CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11
3 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The
main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
54.
5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I.
2 Cr.
The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to
some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in
America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church.
5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11.
2 Cr.
Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal
psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church.
1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11.
2 cr.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy
60.
YOUTHWORKIN
THE
CHURCH. II.
r Cr.
A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of
developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I.
3 cr.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
62. THEMESSAGE
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11.
3 Cr.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
TO CONTEMPORARY
THEOLOGICAL
THOUGHT.
INTRODUCTION
Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I.
3 Cr.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian
Church.
63.
64. THE CHRISTIAN
FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the
student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the
present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
THE COURSES
IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant
with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western
civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning,
and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in
such areas as religion, art, and morals.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for
the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor.
23.
LOGIC. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a
brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic.
24. INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.11.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture
and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics,
metaphysics, and theory of knowledge.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47
HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in
selected primary sources.
41, 42.
Upper Division Courses
53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great
philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
54. AUGUSTINE
A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of
each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 cr.
6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.)
3 0.
64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11.
A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its
outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke,
Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.)
65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary
sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the
course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered
1960-61.)
66. EXISTENTIALISM.
Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered
1960-61.)
7 I . CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.)
OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11.
3 Cr.
72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered
1961-62.)
85. PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .)
86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language
of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Humanities
IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN,
AND HEBREW
THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into
our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission
to most theologicaI seminari&.
Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and
1 4 credits in ,Latin.
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Minor:
20
credits.
,
1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11..
8 Cr.
In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 52. ADVANCED
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax of the Greek text.
53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
LATIN
I-2.t
BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11.
Grammar and exercises in translation.
8 Cr.
3, 4. CZSAR,
AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and
St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .)
Division of the Humanities / 49
HEBREW
83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary.
85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11.
See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary.
6 0.
2,
2
Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
T m DEPARTMENT
OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld
U
I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d
the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt
a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I
may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not
achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the
course before they enroll in course 2.
All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore
year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the
A.B. degree.
Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2,
61, 62, and 74.
Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61,
and 62.
Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language.
Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76,
78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French.
Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first
semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74;
second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors.
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper
classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit.
1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.)
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements
in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a
week.
50
/ D i ~ d i o nof
thc Hzrmanities
5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN.
I.
z Cr.
AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and
listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English.
9. COMMUNICATION
FOR NURSES. I.
2 Cr.
A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening
12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC
WRITING.
See course 12 under Journalism.
IT.
2
Cr.
21, 22. LITERATURE
OF THE WESTERN
WORLD. Prereq. 2.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various
literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered
both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
CREATIVE
WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
26.
31.
MEDIEVAL
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
I.
z Cr.
Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to
Chaucer.
32.
RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
11.
z Cr.
Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention
given to non-English works.
Upper Division Courses
JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students
who rank low in the sophomore English test.
56.
5 I,
52.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.Prereq.
?.
I, JI.
2,
z Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 5.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. I.
Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
5 6.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA- n.
z cr.
See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq.
2.
I.
2
Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I
58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 cr.
The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers.
yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I.
Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry.
3 Cr.
60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater.
BRITISHLITERATURE
O F THE SEVENTEENTH
AND EIGHTEENTH
CENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 2. I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
61.
OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr.
62. BRITISHLITERATURE
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
71. INTRODUCTION
TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2.
5 cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of
language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
72. LITERARY
CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I.
A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and
the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II.
2 Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.)
z Cr.
78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.)
83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I.
a cr.
The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.)
8 5 . CONTEMPORARY
AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1.
Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.)
2
Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
2 Cr.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature.
52
/ Division
of the Humanities
STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT
partment chaiman. Offered both semesters.
I , I Cr.
JOURNALISM
r 1. SURVEY
OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS.
I.
z Cr.
Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on
analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the
reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication
agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied.
12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11.
2 0.
An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to
editing and headline writing.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student
to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech,
theater, or speech pathology.
II
All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department
for individual attention.
Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32,
66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors.
Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech
I 1.
For Education students courses 12, 3 I,
32, 5 1 or $3, and 66.
I I.
BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters.
Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening.
12.
ARGUMENTATION.
50. II.
Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
16. STORYTELLING
AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS.SO. Il.
z Cr.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice
id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and
elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE
z Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
25. INTERCOLLEGIATE
SPEECH. Open to all students. I.
Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests.
I
Cr.
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS. Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
29. INTRODUCTION
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various
kinds of prose, poetry, and drama.
3 Cr.
32. ACTING. So. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP
AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group
discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .)
53. ADVANCED
PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work
in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.)
5 5. PERSUASION
AND PROPAGANDA.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising,
selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered
1960-61.)
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d
1361-62.)
3 Cr.
66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
productions and conducting rehearsals.
76.
SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
54 / Division of the Humanities
92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe
uie of primary sources and the methodology of research.
94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and
interests.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
THIS DEPARTMENT
aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem
language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the
rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest
in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage.
A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who
plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees.
GERMAN
Minor, 20 credits.
8 Cr.
I-2.f BEGINNING
GERMAN. I, 11.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
GERMAN. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all
students planning to teach.
Upper Division Cou.rses
1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
3. 3 Cr.
SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Minor, 24 credits.
I-2.f BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Humanities / 5 5
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.)
Upper Division Courses
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I.
Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d
1960-61.)
5 5.
2
56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11.
t Cr.
The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.)
FRENCH
Minor, t o credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from
French literature.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nineteenth centuries.
52.
FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION. 11.
3 CC
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition.
SPANISH
Minor,
20
credits.
8 Cr.
I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and
background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
56
/ Division
of the Humanities
Upper Division. Courses
5 I . SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports.
52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON
~m Cornsmow. 11.
3 cr.
A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation
and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual
aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
THE DEPARTMENT
OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are
primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect
to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded
other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an
understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in
private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical
organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the
junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors
y
in
and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation
the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and,
upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the
requirement.
Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance
Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals
which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students
with a repertory of musical excellence.
All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by
the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a
moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention
or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn,
Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or
twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade.
Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in
vocal or instrumental music.
A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor
of Arts degree.
"A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work.
Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique
if hi applied music is largely vocal.
I , z. THEORY.
I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota-
tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight
reading, dictation, and part singing.
3. INTRODUCTION
TO MUSIC. 11.
z Cr.
A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music.
Fulfills the fine arts requirement.
7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple-
mented by musical scores and recorded performances.
10. HYMNS
AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11.
2 G.
Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to
Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion.
I 5-16.?
HARMONY.
I, 11.
4 cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing.
Upper Divisionl Courses
5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED
HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U.
2, 2 Cr.
Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass
and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music.
CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
Jr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and
administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and
community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior
year.
57, 58.
61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H.
z, z Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and
orchestra.
63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral
ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music.
69.
TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr.
I.
z Cr.
A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends.
77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species.
58
/ Division of
the Humanities
78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of
the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11.
I , I Ct.
Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research.
APPLZED MUSZC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must
complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others
receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester.
Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under
Financial Information.
I, I Cr.
PIANO. I, 11.
Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and
minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this
examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor.
ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying.
I, I Cr.
VOICE. I, 11.
Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control,
flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both
sacred and secular.
WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
2
Cr.
I, I
Cr.
CHOIR.;
I, 11.
CONCERTBAND. I, 11.
WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11.
%, % Cr.
%, % Cr.
o Cr.
These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but
for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression.
PERFORMANCE
SEMINAR I, 11.
o Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ART
THE D E P A R ~ E N OF
T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and
conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing,
painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history
Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59
and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are
encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art.
Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71.
I.
BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ ,
.and sculpture.
ART IN DAILYLIVING. I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3.
3 Cr.
17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life,
landscape, and portrait painting.
21, rz. SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and
animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting.
32. WATERCOLOR
PAINTING.11.
z Cr.
Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting.
Upper Division Courses
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. CI.
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
71. HISTORY
OF PAINTING.I.
3 Cr.
A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean
cultures to modern times.
The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir,
directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the
55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly.
Division of the Social Sciences
MR. CHRISLOCK,
Chairman
IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the
student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their
importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work
proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore
intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's
adaptation to his vocation.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
THE WORK
OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations
of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords
preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
HISTORY
Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, ~rere~uisites
may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I , 2.
WESTERN
CIVILIZATION.
Fr. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History.
21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY.
So. I, TI.
3. 3 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas
afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester,
the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present.
Upper Division Courses
52. ENGLAND
TO I 8 3 2.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.)
5 3. HISTORY
OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.)
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
UNITED
STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of
kstructor.
Wision of the Social Scimces / 61
AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci.
or #. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present
is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for
one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.)
56.
AND PROBLEMS
OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST
ASIA.
GOVERNMENTS
Jr., Sr. I.
See course 57 under Political Science
57.
58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr.
See course 58 under Political Science.
H.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution
to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .)
63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival
of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.;
64. MEDIEVAL
EUROPE,1200-1500.
Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies,
decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian
Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.)
3 cr.
65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I.
Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars.
(Offered 1960-61.)
3 cr.
66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II.
A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe,
contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their
effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.)
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the
nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.)
67.
PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND
JAPAN.
AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n.
3 Cr.
68. CHINA
A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with
each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.)
FRENCHREVOLUTION
AND EARLYNINETEENTH
CENTURYEUROPE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to
I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of
1848.
7I.
62 / Division of the Social Sciences
LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism,
and the background of World War I.
72.
Jr., Sr. I.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
See course 75 under Political Science.
TWENTIETH
CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq.
3 Cr.
credits in History. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of
World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course
may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor.
82.
12
99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST
HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Minor: I 5 credits.
AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT.I, 11.
6 cr.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government.
41-42.$
Upper Division Courses
5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC
HISTORY.
11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
57.
GOVERNMENTS
AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST
ASIA. Jr.,
Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and
economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. P O L I ~ CAND
S
PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle
East. (Offered 1960-61.)
PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science
3 Cr.
minors. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
61.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the
Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.)
GEOGRAPHY
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 Cr.
Division of the Social Sciences / 63
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16;
Political Science 4 1 -42.
Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political
Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better
understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu
for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 .
Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology.
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum.
I.
INTRODUCTION
TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2.
SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11.
See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics.
3
e.
5 . SOCIOLOGY.I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses.
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11.
See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
2 I.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of,contemporary rural A.merica.
URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
22.
42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II.
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3
cr.
64 /Division of the Social Sciences
Upper Division; Courses
5 I. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
52. RACERELATIONS
AND ,MINORITY
PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an
examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.)
5 6. LABOR
AND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 19.61-62.)
3 Cr.
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work.
A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare,
child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies.
3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.)
Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I.
3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
PSYCHOLOGY.
62. ABNORMAL
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64. INTRODUC~ON
TO METHODS
OFSOCIAL
WORK. Prereq. #. II.
3 Cr.
Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.)
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION
PSYCHOLOGY
THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the
data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in
psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his
#fellowmen.
Minor: 15 credits.
Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y
GENEU PSYCHOLOGY.
Offered both semesters.
y.
3 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed.
7. GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY.I.
z Cr.
An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed
upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene,
and to methods of therapy.
10. PSYCHOLOGY
OF ADJOSTATENT.
Prereq. y . So. 11.
3 Cr.
Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living,
theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered
with respect to personality and mental hygiene.
Upper Division Courses
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I.
Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene.
64.. EXPERIMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal
learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality
traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
IN PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
66. TOPICS
A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations
begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of
their choice.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I.
See course 71 under Education.
3 Cr.
EDUCATION
THE EDUCATION
CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and
senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7
PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow
STUDENTS
the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education.
Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During
this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation
66 / Division of the Social Sciences
ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which
are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to
take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must
make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by
the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education.
2, 2 Cr.
50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11.
This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes
consideration of the techniques of studying children.
METHODSAND MATERIALS
OF THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOLCURRICULUM.
Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary
school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music,
and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of
the elementary school.
5 2 , J 3.
METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES
AND THE LANGUAGE
ARTS
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I.
j Cr.
The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in
the fields of social studies and language arts.
54.
IN THE
Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I.
5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING.
A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to
three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may
assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion
hour a week. I credit per semester.
J
8.
TEACHING
OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e
materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory.
19.
CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t
requires extensive reading and evaluation of books.
60.
SEMINARIN TEACHING.
Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student
teaching experience.
62.
DIRECTED
TEACHING
IN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11.
8 Cr.
Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular
teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools.
Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college
staff.
Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67
SEGONDARY EDUCATION
ADMISSION
TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application
to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be
made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to
complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on
the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics,
and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major,
a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in
special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two
subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete
a major and a minor or two majors.
All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure
two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71
and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester
hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71.
For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
72. TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and
developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11.
I, I Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature
of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and
nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising
clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from
the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the
work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group
Activity.
76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques
used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling.
78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY
EDUCATION. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation
of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
OF NATURAL
SCIENCESIN
79. TEACHING
THE
SECONDARY
SCHO~L. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
68 / Division of the Social Sciences
81.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS
IN
THE
a3. TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS
IN
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
85.
TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES
IN
87.
TEACHINGOF HEALTH
EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION
M THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
s Cr.
88.
TEACHING
OF MUSICIN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL.
89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
91.
THE
TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS
nu
m E
JT.
11.
2
cr.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN
N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr.
92. EVALUATION
93.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISHIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
OF MODERNLANGUAGES
IN
94. TEACHING
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 .
97. STLTDENT
TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered
4-5 Cr.
both semesters.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control
of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college
supervisor and selected critic teachers.
99. TOPICS
IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr.
1-2 Cr.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi
tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own
field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the
approval of the department.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books
for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher.
M i o r , 16 credits.
Division of the Socid Sciences / 69
55-56.?
OF
BASICFUNCTIONS
THE
SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI.
3 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second.
57-58.i
4 Cr.
ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.)
6 Cr.
59-60.? SECONDARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered
1961-62.)
61. PRACTICAL
~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I.
I Cr.
Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of
thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
2 Cr.
62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND
ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THE
OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad
knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The
business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e
economics major provides the background necessary for further study in
gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides
a teaching major and minor.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS
Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses
16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required.
I , 2,
3, 4, 15,
Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve
credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required.
Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15,
16, and six credits in Upper Division courses.
Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits
from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62.
70
/ Division oj
the Social Sciences
I, 2, PRINCIPLES
OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO.
. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial
statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions.
Meets four hours per week.
3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK
TO Busn~ss. Fr. I.
f Cr.
An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study
of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation.
~
Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control,
and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred.
INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing
graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability,
correlation and sound rnethds of sampling.
4.
I 5, I 6.
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and
public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
policy problems.
Upper Division, Courses
5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I.
3 Cr.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and
fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with
high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.)
53. BUSINESS
LAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing
are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining
merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.)
RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11.
56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT
See course 56 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
58. INDUSTRIAL
,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 Cr.
59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and
process costs. (Offered 1960-61.)
Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I
60. INTERMEDUTE
ECONOMIC
ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.)
61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
62. CORPORATION
FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of
financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of
corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.)
63. TAXATION.
Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give
a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to
business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.)
72. SEMINAR
IN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION.
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of
previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students
in areas of particular interest to them.
SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching
of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide
an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54,
Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53.
Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for
graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above
I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or
I 5, 16. S
i
x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student
can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4.
I.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRTTING.
M e r e d both semesters.
I Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
2.
INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
11.
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.I, n.
6 Cr.
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
72
/ Divisim
of
the Social Sciences
Upper Division Courses
5 1. ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I.
z Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having
attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week.
5 z. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal
forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
53-14.? ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer
training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home
economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics
departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general
education.
Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 ,
66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3;
Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5
and 3 additional credits in Social Science.
Non-teaching minor:
22
credits, including
I,
3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33
and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are
Education 91 and 92.
I. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CAREAND REPAIR. I.
3 Cr.
Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets,
quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing
and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week.
2. CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.11.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent
fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week.
3. ART IN DAILY
LIVING. I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73
8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION.
TI.
A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health
all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old
emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of
bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three
periods per week.
3 Cr.
throughout
age. Special
class memsingle class
3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I.
3 Cr.
Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home
Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory
periods per week.
36.
CRAFTS.
11.
2
cr.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1961-62.)
AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr.
39, 40. FOODPREPARATION
Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service.
Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per
week.
42.
MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11.
3 Cr.
P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects.
Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
r Cr.
44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11.
The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations
in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr
10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double
laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
57.
T ~ x m s . I.
2
Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy
hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.)
64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .)
66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods
per week.
74 / Division of the Social Sciences
67. FAMILYHEALTH. I.
z Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.I.
z Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
HOME MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.I.
t Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management
house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the
group.
73.
z Cr.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in
fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also
given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
Many practical demonstrations are carried
out in the home econ o m i c s department.
T h e help studem in
their personal develop
ment, prepare them for
the responsibilities of
home-making and give
training for a professional career.
Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
MR. NASH, Chairman
ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the
light of the Word of
to acquaint rhe student with the significance of
science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound
mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip
the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the
liws of his felbw men.
a;
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT
is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper
Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp.
Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26,
and at least one Upper Division course not including 60.
'
I-2.i
GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science
majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
3. HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for
Biol. 3.
HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4.
4.
7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
I 3-14.?
GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
8 cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles.
Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periodr per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I.
4 cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
(Offered 1961-62.)
52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II.
4 Cr.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered
1960-61.)
Prereq. Chem. 6. 11.
4 Cr.
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week.
cr-
PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11.
3
56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING
Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. COMPARATIVE
ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI.
4 Cr.
A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11.
A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
IT IS
THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an
appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine
the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great
intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic
examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems.
Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77
Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education,
but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine,
dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical
,
technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 )
-graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession.
Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics
J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental
students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study:
I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50.
Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years.
See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of
the American Chemical Society.
3 Cr.
3. ELEMENTARY
CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #.
Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed
especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per
week.
INTRODUCTORY
CHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11.
4, 4 Cr.
For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists,
and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry
and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory
per week.
5, 6.
AND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY. Fr. I,
17, 16. INORGANIC
TI.
4. 4
(3.
For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission
of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry.
32.
ELEMENTARY
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11.
4 Cr.
Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics
students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 3. 54.
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq.
I 6.
So. I,
TI.
4. 4 Cr-
The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based
on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study
of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per
week.
78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics
61. QUANTITATIVE
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to
solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of
laboratory per week.
72. ADVANCED
ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11.
4 Cr.
Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis
of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr.
78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO
11.
4 Cr.
For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic
structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week.
82, 83. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr.
For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure,
states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium,
solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per
week.
84, 85. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY
LABORATORY.
Jr. II, Sr. I.
I, I Cr.
Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week.
86. ADVANCED
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II.
3 cr.
Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry,
and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week.
85 . INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUES.
Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis
utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of
laboratory per week.
ADVANCED
INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides,
and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four
hours of laboratory per week.
90.
93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
o Cr.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these
informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest.
97, 98. CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11.
Cr. Arr.
During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in
chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff
member.
Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut
training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute
schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the
zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups
and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t
possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns.
Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 .
Minor: I 6 credits.
Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor.
2.
D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI.
3 Cr.
A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar
q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe
znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening
meetings ra observe the sky.
3. PRINCWLW
OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including
mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is
intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others
who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one
mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit
for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r .
GENERAL
PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3.
Fr., So. I.
4 fi.
A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and
one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11.
4 cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
INTRODUCTION
TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR
PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math.
3 Cr.
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per
week.
52.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent
3 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical
instruments. Three hours lecture per week.
53.
So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
E L E C T R I C AND
I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent
registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory.
54.
OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51
Jr. I.
3 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.)
57.
61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field.
63. 64. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent
HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS.
registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.)
71.
3 Cr.
72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various
fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1961-62.)
.
73, 74. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
I , I Cr.
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6,
(or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in
Upper Division courses.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to
afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller
understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the
subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers
in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits.
Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81
I.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
o Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not
have higher algebra in high school.
2.
SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11.
o Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5. ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours a week.
6. ENGINEERING
DRAWING
AND DESCRIPTIVE
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra
3, I 4. INTRODUCTION
or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
I
Upper Division Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3,
14. So., Jr. I, 11.
5. 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
5 I , y 2.
53. SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
51.
THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree.
6 I , 62. ADVANCED
CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI.
3. 3 Cr.
Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis
is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of
leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics
All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of the ~hysicaleducation program.
One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51,
57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17,
18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for
men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women.
PERSONAL
A N D COMMUNITY
HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr.
A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community.
2.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
%, % Cr.
5. INTRODUCTION
TO
HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
R E C R E A ~ O NFr.
. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education,
pbysical education, and recreation.
I Cr.
6. RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
I
Cr.
I I.
TEAM
SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
I 2.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2 , 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So.
Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer,
baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern.
1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Women). So.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three
hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics
/ 83
\
I 8.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered
I y 60-.6 I.)
23. RHYTHMS. So. I.
Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing.
z Cr.
z Cr.
29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
5 1. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem.
1961-61.)
57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2 Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of
escient movements.
5 8.
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTED
PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
z Cr.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases.
I Cr.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I.
j Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical
education curriculum.
73.
ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D
PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
74.
8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL
AND TRACK.Sr. II.
z Cr.
Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.)
86. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11
z Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work. (Offered 1960-61.)
Curriculums
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major
field of study and vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be
followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the
major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under
departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion L, Z
.2
2
English 1, 2 ............... . 3
3,
3
History or Sacfalogy
.3
Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4
4
Natural Science
..3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Education 3. 4 .... M
M
.............
......
.......
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z
Foreign Language ......... -3
Social Science
.3
Natural Science
Electives ................... .P
.............
............-
Cr.
2
3
SENIOR
ISem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................... .3
3
Speech
2
Social Science or History . 3
Electives ................... 10
12
-
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Fine Arts .................. . 3
Literature or Philosophy
.Electives .................. .14
..
Cr.
3
14
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
COMPLETIONOF
THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for
admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which
prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries.
The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr.
Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.2
Basic Bible ................
Freshman English ......... . 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
Western Civilization ...... . 3
Physical Education ........ $4
Natural Science ........... . 3
Electives .................... 2
Cr.
2
3
4
3
95
3
2
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
e.
Religion .................... Z
Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3
Foreign Language ......... 3
Typewriting ............... .1
New Testament Greek ... - 3
Electives ....................3
Cr.
2
3
3
Curriculums / 8 5
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
.3
3
2
.....
.....................
N e w Testament Greek
Speech
History ..................... 3
Sociology or Economics or
Political Science ........ - 3
Electives ................... .5
SENIOR
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .2
Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2
Philosophy ................ . 3
English Literature ........ . 3
Electives .................... 8
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS
THE PURPOSE
OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its
satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate
indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker,
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
the chairman of the department of religion.
The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or
Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1997
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
...................4
INTRODUCTION
......................6
VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CALENDAR....................... 8
OPTIONS
..............9
...............- 1 0
.................45
................ 46
.....................33
..................46
OTHER
COURSES
A...
Show more
...................4
INTRODUCTION
......................6
VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CALENDAR....................... 8
OPTIONS
..............9
...............- 1 0
.................45
................ 46
.....................33
..................46
OTHER
COURSES
ABOUT
THISCATALOG
INTERIM
COURSES
LIFETIME SPORTS
UMAlE COURSES
ALSO O N
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the sanie amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only
one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund
for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
It is expected that students will attend every class period;
however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance
policy for hislher course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only
on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the
student must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
To graduate, a student under the 34 course Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements is required to complete two
Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count
toward graduation.
For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of
two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33
total course credits required for graduation. The number of
required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students.
Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits
which can count toward the 33 course credits required may be
taken by students who repeat a course for credit in which a
grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a
regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 course
credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may
be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim courses
may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education
requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall
term). If less than full-time they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration, but will be charged Day School tuition
($1,420.00) per course credit. If they do so they may take only
1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for Winter
Trimester.
It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
notional or etlirtic origin, age, niarital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX ofthe 1972 Educotiotial Atnetidmenis or Section 504 ofthe
Rehnbiliiation Act 011973, as otiietided, it1 its adn~issionspolicies, educotiotlol
programs, activities and eniploynietrt practices.
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of
one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education
(UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the
end of this catalog.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13). The Learning Agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent StudylResearch or Directed Study - Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the
directedlindependent study registration form. These
forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate
study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in
the Registrar's Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the
other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular
registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but
may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly
affects courses offered in religion.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver
of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $1,420 for the Interim
course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg
Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application
forms o r use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Residence Life Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses.
INTERIM
CALENDAR
1997
November 18 to December 6 ..........Interim Registration
January 6
,.,. .........
dJar,rIY,Yd++,+
............First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 7......Last Day to Register or CancelIAdd a Class
January 17 ................................ Last Day for Determining
Grading System with Registrar
January 17........Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 ..................................................... Interim Ends
..................................Spring Semester Begins
Interim Grades Due to Registrar
February 7 ....................
February 3
The time, number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, January 20, at 1:OOp.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog.
For more information contact the Office of the Registrar at
330-1036 or the Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton at 330-1024.
ACC 424-1
lnstructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance, Management,
Marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control
systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the
traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and
discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing.
Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
LIFE DRAWING
ART 247-1
lnstructor: Norm Holen
A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various
settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based
upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $38 to
be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
SCANDINAVIAN
ARTS
ART 382-1
Instructor: Kristin Anderson
Within this nineteen-day course, you will explore
Scandinavian culture through its art. Through lectures, discussions, and field visits, you will study the visual arts in
Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. You will
live in a dormitory and study with Norwegian students. This
course will be taught in English. The course will be held at
Troderod, an 18th century historic mansion in Moss, a city of
25,000 people on the Oslo Fjord located on the island of Jeloy,
about one hour south of Oslo. The cost for the course is
$2,495 (includes airfare, room and board).
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aesthelics
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
BIO 145-1
Instructor Bill Capman
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically
important plants to study some of the ways in which humans
and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not
only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in
non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g. medicines,
fibers, dyes, etc.) or indirectly (e.g. how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology,
natural history and classification of several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four forty-minute exams,
several quizzes, and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
RESPONDING
TO THE CHALLENGE
OF JAPAN
BUS 368-1
Instructor Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of the students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and a final examination. This class should be of interest
to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or
any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should
not enroll in this course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
BUS 495-1
Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
The transition from centrally-planned economies to market
systems currently taking place in Russia, Central and Eastern
Europe represents one of the most important changes of the
post-Cold War era. These changes carry major implications for
global trade and international business and certainly for U.S.
bilateral interest in this region. This course will provide an
understanding of these changes and will identify the opportunities and most effective ways of doing business and investing
in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe.
Prerequisite: ECO 112
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I - M, W Th
Room: Memorial 323
CHM 100-1
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed in the perspective of a person living in
a modern, high technology society such as the United States. It
assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue
of a scientific nature one at the least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression
rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific
concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically
and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit
and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about
sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste
storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many
of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning
about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be
helped to understand ourselves, our society, our world and
even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the total score for total points on the daily
quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enroilment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 315
FORTRAN
CSC 270-1
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of
the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know
how to do computer programming in some programming
language (such as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the
successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course which includes programming
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
1
CSC 495-1
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or Computer Science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of Computer Science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit
from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center PO
ECO 110-1
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomic
tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g.
health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not
apply toward an Economics, Business Administration or MIS
major and does not apply toward an economics minor.
Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Cily or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enmllment 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
COMPUTER 5CIENCE/tCONOMICI
DISCOVERY
LEARN~NGIN THE
WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
(0.5 CREDIT)
EDE 375-1
Instructor: Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental
kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of
a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be
utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half
credit course.
*Note: This course can be taken along with Hunzan
Relations, EDU 388-1.
Prerequisite: PPST
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 1
EDS 495-1
Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless
Why are some things easy for a person to learn while others
seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one
moment and more difficult just a few hours later? Why do
some children struggle with seemingly simple assignments
but then suddenly master them? Why do more people suffer
with learning disabilities and weak short-term memory than
ever before? Each of us wants to be an efficient and happy
learner; but most often, no one has shown us how to be our
own lifelong learning coaches. In the last decade, work in
neuro-physiology has given us a whole new set of insights
about how the various parts of the brain actually work to produce learning and high-level functioning. Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and produced simple but effective ways to increase the learning comfort of each individual.
This course will provide both the theory for each participant
to understand herlhis own unique learning needs and the
practice for becoming an efficient and joyful learner. We will
study learning development, brainlmind function, and the
nature of learning blocks. We will discuss the misuse of brain
dominance theory and learn routines for overcoming learning
blocks and integrating hemisphere functions. There will be
two tests and two demonstrations required of each student,
and upper-division students will have to do two reviews of
relevant research. The course uses two paperback texts. Very
useful for prospective teachers and parents.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
lNTERNATIONAL EDUCATION
EDU 353-1
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central
American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. International students
are especially welcome to enroll.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-1
lnstructoc Joseph Erickson
l'his course is thc study of prcjudicc, discrimination nnd
oplwcssion as i t alli.c~spcrsons of color, the hii~idiciippcci,
limited English speakers and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms,
which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and
complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota
Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers.
This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN
basis.
"Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery Learning
in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-1.
Prerequisite: Open to all
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
EDU 491-1
lnstructoc Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar.
Students planning to take this course should consult with the
Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to
registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisites: Completion of courses for special educalion minos or consent of instructor.
Maximum Enrollment 9 (This course involves iieldwork supenfision for the faculty member)
Time: l
Room: Library 4
EDUCATION
TOPICS:
CONTEMPORARYAMERICAN
POETRY
ENG 282-P/482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will
be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the
themes of their poems, especially those images and statements
that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will
be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected
poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given
and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in lengtk
will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will als
read and give a written class report on a book that discusses
contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice,
based upon recommendations, must be approved by the
instructor.
Prerequisites: Intro. to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
TOPICS:
THECITY/GARDENAND WILDERNESS
ENG 2824
I'nstructor: Joan Griffin
The city has the power either to nourish or corrupt the human
soul. As a garden, the city tames and shapes nature to provide
an environment congenial to humanity. As a wilderness, the
city suggests the lack of moral restraint and self-control. This
course explores these themes in (mostly modern American)
essays, short stories, plays, poetry and films. Taking its cue
from Alfred Kazin's A Walker in the City,the course will
include a service project and field trips in which we will
explore some of the "gardens" and "wildernesses" of the Twin
Cities. Course grades will be based on a journal, two short
papers, class attendance and contributions to discussion.
Preference given to freshmen.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
ENG 282-W/482-W
Instructor: Robert Cowgill
This course reassesses the work of the American cinema's
greatest genius, Orson Welles. From his early radio plays with
the Mercury Theater, through his groundbreaking seminal
1941 film, "Citizen Kane," to his later Shakespearean adaptations, students will encounter and study all of the Welles
extant canon. Welles' stylistic impact on other filmmakers will
be examined, as well as the aesthetic choices Welles made in
transferring other literary forms (such as novels and plays) to
cinema. The course will also explore Welles' re-reading of
developing Hollywood studio techniques and formulas (such
as his deepening of the archetypal psychology presented in
classic film noir), and the changing critical reception of his
work.
Students will be responsible for viewing all the films; many of
the screenings will take place outside of class time. A journal,
two short papers and a final video project are required.
' Students registering under ENG 482 will have to write a long
research paper as well.
Prerequisite: ENG 11 1 or equivalent
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
QUANTITATIVE
JOURNALISM: COMPUTERASSISTED
REPORTINGAND RESEARCH
ENG 347-1
Instructors: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative
data in the writing of expository essays and news reports.
Such inquiries will employ contemporary computer-based
information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative
assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will
prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and
critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to
explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those
preparing to enter the communication professions.
Prerequisites: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructors; MPG 3.
Graduation Skill Requirement: C)uantitativeReasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 11
Time: I1
Room: Library 20
FRE 11 1-1
Instructor: Francoise duRivage
This course is for students with no previous background in
French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding,
speaking, reading and writing as tools for communication in
French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday
contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture
and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be
based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and
exams.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercoltural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
GER 111-1
lnstructor: John Van Cleve
The course is for those poor souls who have never studied
German before. By its conclusion, they will be able to speak,
understand, read and write a surprising amount of elementary German. Classes will practice communication in the
European Economic Community's most-spoken language,
supplemented by discussions of German culture. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized.
Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation,
scheduled chapter tests and a f nal exam.
liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enmllment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS
~NTRODUCT~ON
TO
FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 350-1
lnstructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg
An introduction to the critical reading of narratives in a
broad range of forms (short stories, novels, songs, films and
comic strips) in English. We will discuss the texts through the
understanding of their structural properties as well as the
social contexts. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice). Both the aesthetic and social-historical
aspects of literary analysis will be explored. Class discussion is
a key feature of the course. Evaluation will be based o n classroom presentations, short papers and a final examination o r
paper. Lectures, class discussion and all written work will be
in English. Students may register under their particular
majorlminor language.
Prerequisite: FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 31 1
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
I
HPE 114-1
lnstructoc A1 Kloppen
Principles: Practice of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enmllmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119
DANCE
(MEN ONLY)
(0.5 CREDIT)
HPE 232-M
lnstructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I, (KTh & anernate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/10, 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby Gym - norlh court
H PE 232- W
Instructor Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I, (TTh & alternate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/14 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby Gym - north courl
HEALTH & PHYSICAL LDUCATION
I
HPE 250-1
Instructor: Staff
Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their
peers. This course provides a wellness-model foundation for
educating self and others about personal health issues. Course
topics include wellness programming issues (e.g. HIVIAIDS,
substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues and decision-making skills. Students will examine
strategies that promote a healthier campus environment.
The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow
students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the
course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test,
journal entries and a group project.
This course will be useful to students who are interested in
impacting their campus environment as well as those who
have a desire to learn practical skills such as negotiation,
group facilitation and program development. Opportunities
exist for students who successfully complete this course to
work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and
Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 101
HPE 320-1
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon
growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I - M, Wand alternate F (1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29)
Room: Melby 202
ADMINISTRATION
AND SUPERVISION
SCHOOL HEALTH
PROGRAM
(0.5 COURSE)
OF
HPE 410-1
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and
relationships to community health programs and resources.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I - T; Th andalternate F ( 1 , 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby 202
(January 6 - 21, 1997)
HPE 455-1
lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43' - 46' fixed keel sailboat with five to six other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual
on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes
will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands
in January.
The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in
order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY.
Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff,
Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with
deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is
given.
Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Plan of the Health and Physical Education
Deparlment (612) 330- 1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Level Skill: Liletime Sporl; also one course credit upper division
Maxlmum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled)
HPE 475-1
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: El0 103, HPE 350
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: I - M, W andallernate F(1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29)
Room: Melby 119
HPE 477-1
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching basketball. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: I1 - Tj Th andalternate F(1/7, 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby 202; Gym
HPE 483-1
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching
volleyball. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: I1 - M, W andallernale F ( 1 6 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 11/27, 1/29)
Room: Melby 202; Gym
~OTH-CENTURY
SOUTH ASIA
HIS 162-//HIS 462-1
lnstructor: Don Gustafson
This interim experience is designed to look at the area of
South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the
people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard
historical writings and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism and various
phases of modernization have had on this old, honored and
traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about
social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has
prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at
South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of
lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and tests
(including a final).
Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected
to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a
paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be
tested apart from lower division students.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:THECIVIL WARERA
HIS 331-1
Instructor: Chris Kimball
Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the
years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions
about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom
resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day.
This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues and
consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be
considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny,
the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican
Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular
religion, the transition from slave to free labor in the South,
and post-slavery race relations.
The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be
based on participation, several short writing assignments, a
mid-term and a final.
Prerequisite: One history course or consent of inslructor
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
HON 213-1
Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline devries
Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic
theory shape history? This course will explore the history of
western economic thought and how these writings affected
the development of various economic systems. The course
begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century.
Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of
a waged-labor force in the 18th century, the rise of laissez-
faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the
19th century, and the subsequent challenges of communism
and the rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will
read substantial portions of the classic economic thinkers,
including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Hume,
Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney and Beatrice Webb,
Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred Marshall, Thorstein Veblen,
John Maynard Keynes, William Beveridge and Milton
Friedman. The course will also address the long-standing issues
of child labor, poverty and women's roles in the work force.
Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion
and writing assignments, including a short term paper and a
take-home final.
Prerequisite: Honors Program student or consent of Honors Program Director
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
SCIENCE AND RELIGION:COMPLEXITY
CREATIVITY
AND
HUN 401-I/HON 401-R
Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach
We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then
attend to contemporary developments, especially the new
integrationists. We will also look at the implications of the
chaos and complexity theory for the doctrine of divine creativity. The goal is to involve students in constructing for
themselves a model for understanding relations between the
two areas. Two tests, class presentations and a research paper
will be required.
Prerequisites: Parlicipant in Honors Program or permission of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20 per section
Time: I
Rooms: Foss Center 20/Library 20
HONORS
I
INS 120-1
Instructor: Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop andlor
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 319
SERVICE-LEARNING TEAMINTERNSHIPS:
LEARNING TOGETHER
FROM WORKAND
SERVICE I N THE CITY
INS 199/399-1
Instructors: Garry Hesser/Lois Olson/Mary Laurel True
Interested in hands-on experience and making a difference?
In this Interim course you will work, learn and serve through
an interdisciplinary team internship approach. You will spend
approximately 20-30 hours per week at a local neighborhood
non-profit internship site working on a special project with
three or four other students. Your internship team will have
hands-on experience in an agency that strives to meet the
needs of the community, and you will develop a better understanding of organizations that are a part of the city and why
and how they function. Two mornings a week you will meet
in a seminar with all the internship teams to share experiences
and explore ideas and insights into the critical issues of urban
communities and organizations. Students will complete short
seminar exercises, set team internship goals, keep an individual journal and make a final group presentation of their
internship. Upper-division students will be expected to make
more advanced analysis, connecting theories of coursework
and concepts of their major and the liberal arts to the work
experience and seminar assignments. Grading: PIN only
Liberal Arls Perspective: City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 111
INS 210-1
Instructor: William D. Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first-year law students. We will examine the nature of
American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students
study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional
pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways
to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and
writing skills.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
INS 21 1-1
Instructor: Sandra Olmsted
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity
to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral
presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively
organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn
about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists.
Prerequisiles: One year of an introductory-level science course
Gradualion Skill Requirement Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
INTRODUCTION
TO ISLAM
INS 225-1
lnstructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to Non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism.
Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
AMERICAN
INDIANS
IN THE CINEMA
INS 264-1
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
Various images of the North American Indian, created by
Hollywood and television, will be studied. Films from 1913 to
the present will be viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how
it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercullural Awareness 1
Time: 6-10 p.m.
Room: Old Main 16
FINITE MATH
MAT 121-1
lnstructor: Su Doree
What does math have to do with the "real world"? Lots! In this
course we'll learn about finances, probability, statistics and
applied geometry. Class will be a mix of short lectures and
small group "hands-on" activities.
I
Evaluation is based on full participation, daily homework sets,
a "math matters" journal, and four brief projectslpapers.
There will not be any quizzes or exams.
This course is primarily intended for students in MPG 3 who
have not previously taken another Quantitative Reasoning
course.
Prerequisite: Math 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouanlilalive Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 212
MAT 281/481-I
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
In this course, we will discuss and analyze mathematical models of biological phenomena. The mathematical techniques we
will use build on ideas from calculus. Many of the techniques
will involve a graphical approach, and we will make use of
technological tools (graphing calculators and Maple, for
example). Course evaluation will include homework, projects
and examinations. The course will be offered at both the 400
level (recommended prerequisite - MAT 245 or MAT 145, and
junior or senior level standing in a Division of Sciences
major), and at the 200 level (recommended prerequisite MAT 145). Non-mathematics majors who are interested are
strongly encouraged to find out more about the class by contacting the instructor.
Prerequisite: See course description
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 112
MATHEMATICS
SOUNDS AND SIGHTS
(UMAI E COURSE)
OF
EUROPE
MUS 179-1
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Hoberta Metzler
4
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This
course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for
development of cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student
sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the
museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical
masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the
various art mediums come to life through these experiences.
There is also ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily professional journal, arttmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and
tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before November
10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue
South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on
a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at St. Thomas on
Saturday, November 18. For more information you may call
Roberta Metzler at 330-1273.
Liberal Arls Perspective:Aeslhelics
Maximum Enrollmenl: 32
SURVEY OF ROCK HISTORY
AND
MUSICAL
STYLE, 1951-1971
MUS 204-1
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception
(1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will
examine the historical background, musical content and
methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For
non-music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics 1, 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
SEMINAR: PRINTING MUSIC
AT THE COMPUTER
MUS 295-1
Instructor Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen
The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional-level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given
with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music
at the computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading ability
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I ( M N 10-12:OO; T/Th 8-1 1:30; F 8-1 1:OO)
Room: Music Library (1st floor Music Bldg.)
MUS 295- TflHR 295-T
Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson
This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by Music and
Theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and per-
formance techniques from music and theatre to help students
gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of
Music Theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and
music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore
the power of Music Theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony
and spiritual tradition, seen cross-culturally in ancient Greek
drama, Chinese Opera and Japanese Kabuki. Another goal of
the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their
level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate
in a public performance of scenes from Music Theatre.
Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and
rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate
material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Sateren Auditorium
PHI 231-1
Instructor: David Apolloni
Course content includes the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and the question, "What d o we know of the
person and teachings of the historical Socrates?" Socrates' key
teachings will be studied: virtue is a form of knowledge and all
virtues are identical; evil is a form of ignorance; whether or
not virtue can be taught; it is impossible for wrongdoers to be
happy; and obeying the law and accepting the death penalty.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
MAKING LIGHT OF MATTER: AN
~NTRODUC~~ON
TO LASERSAND SPECTROSCOPY
PHY 337-1
Instructor Stuart Anderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at
the heart of modern physics, and lasers are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with a short overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the
nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. The
stage is then set for treating super-radiant devices and lasers
and analyzing the effects of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to
the study of atoms and molecules via the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be
placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one-third of the class time will be used for formal
lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the
basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and
poster presentations, and two examinations.
Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245 (or equivalenl) and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146,
245)
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
POL 140-1
Instructor: Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of
social justice in America. Students will develop and defend
their own standards of social justice and use those standards
to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course,
students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with
fellow classmates in class discussions.
The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about
social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between
justice and other values and to increase student ability to
understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values.
Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and
other class activities, on two short (4-6 pp.) papers and on a
final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the
Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on
the first day of class, NO ONE WILL BE ADMITTED TO
THE CLASS WHO DOES NOT ATTEND THE FIRST DAY
OF CLASS, unless first receiving the permission of the
instructor.
Liberal Arfs Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
POL 295-//POL 495-1
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
During 1996, elections in Israel, Russia and the United
States-as well as political violence in Israel and Lebanoncreated a new context for the Middle East negotiation process.
This course will explore these changes and provide deeper
background for understanding the intractability of the ArabIsraeli conflict.
Drawing upon several theories of conflict and conflict resolution, we will study the historical development of the clash
between different nationalist claims to the land that Israelis
and Palestinians consider their home. How this conflict drew
in neighboring Arab states and superpower interests will be
reviewed. The strategic bargaining positions of the major participants will be analyzed as well as the roles of the United
States and United Nations in the conflict area, known as the
Arab Mashriq. Additional regional factors, such as radical
Islamic movements and tensions in the Persian Gulf, will be
analyzed for their impact on the longer-term negotiation
process. We will consider the potential for geo-political
expansion of the conflict into nearby regions.
Students will present two small oral presentations and one
major oral critique of analytic articles (for 295 credit) and
books (for 495 credit). A mid-term examination and class discussion will provide additional evaluations. Feature length
films from Middle East film producers will complement
course readings and lectures.
Graduation Skill Requirement Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
PSY 105-1
lnstructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation is based on tests and reports.
Libenl Ads Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
PSYCHOLOGY
AND LAW
PSY 335-1
lnstructor: Nancy Steblay
The course will address psychological issues in law, with
specific emphasis on police procedures, eyewitness memory
and jury trials. Attention will also be given to issues of mental
illness and criminal justice. Grading will be based on tests,
written work and classroom participation.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 or 102
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
PSY 370-1
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level
of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports.
Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert
Coles before the start of the interim. "Adolescents and Moral
Develpment" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will
likely be a text for the course. Library reference work will be a
part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
CULTURE, FAMILY, SEX AND STATUS:
THENEW
TESTAMENT
SOCIAL WORLD
REL 330-1
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament from
the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world
of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how
the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include
concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame,
the social structures of the family, and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it
affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity
and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular
focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class
presentationlparticipation and a research paper.
Prerequisiles: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Chrislian Faith 1 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
CHRISTIANVIEWS
OF HEALTH
AND HEALING
REL 341-1
lnstructor: Brad Holt
The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences
in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer
and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the
basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes and one
test.
Prerequisites: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Failh 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
THEOLOGY
OF MARRIAGE
REL 343-1
lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your
life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings,
many theories will be studied, with particular attention given
to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital
relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper and two tests.
Prerequisites: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor
Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
REL 345-1
lnstructor: Mark Tranvik
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the
Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will
be addressed: What does it mean to be a Lutheran today?
How might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social
problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest
speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 213
PROCESS
THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIAN FAITH
REL 385-1
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
This course introduces students to the relational world view
of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced
Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will
be given to the writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small
groups and some lectures to introduce topics. Ethical issues
addressed in the class include killing, abortion, human sexual-
ity and euthanasia. Grades will be based on a paper (10-15
pages), a presentation of the paper to the class and class participation.
Prerequisites: REL 111 or REL 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
SWK 257-1
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and staff
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by
agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service
professionals, clients and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status,
lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in
relation to a possible major or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
which explore the historical development of social welfare as
an institution and the nature and value system of social work
as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the
manner in which social, economic and political structures
impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as
poverty and the "isms". Detailed information will be sent to
students at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximlim Enrollment: 60
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 111
S WK 466-l(ful1 course)
SWK 466-H (0.5 course)
lnstructor: Maria Brown
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or 120
hours (.5 course option during Interim). Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with
individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students
will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting; 2) attendancelparticipation, and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisile: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime lor purpose of room
size)
Room: Old Main 11
HUMAN
COMMUNITIES AND
THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
SOC 21 1-1
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of
community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan
area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class
presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class
participation and a final examination will be the basis for
evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: The City
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 21
THR 295-T/MUS 295- T
Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson
See course information listed under MUS 295-T.
MOVEMENT
FOR THEATRE
THR 226-1
Instructor: Staff
In this course students will explore the principles and styles
of movement. The goal will be to increase the student's ability
to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration
and rhythm. Masks and improvisation will be introduced as
tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture,
walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short
scenes and improvisation. There will be an intense dance
warm-up each session.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Theatre- south court
The following activities are available to students during Interim
and studerlts may register for these classes as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but
do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
LIFETIME SPORT: AEROBIC
DANCE
HPE 002-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Participation and practice in aerobic dance activities.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 45
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, 7; U: TH, F
Room: Gym - center court
LIFETIME SPORT: PICKLEBALL
HPE 002-P
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spoti
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:OOM, 7; U: TH, F
Room: Gym - nortWsouth courts
LIFETIME SPORT: ULTIMATE
FRISBEE
HPE 002-F
Instructor Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Liletime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 12:OO-1:00M, b U: TH, F
Room: Air Structure
UMAI E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, 620
22nd Avenue S. (330- 1655). These courses are offered on a
PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
SPP 201-1
Astronomy Down Under (New Zealand)
AustraliaS Business Climate
Caring for Others: The Swedish Model
Drawing a Literary Map of Norway
The English School and Family
Exploring British Democracy Through Literature and Culture
Innovation and Organization in Scandinavia
Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture in Southern Spain
Luther, B ~ c hand Bonhoefier: Three Influential Lutherans in
Germany
Roman Germany: The Impact and Legacy of Empire
The Trojan War: Myth and Legend
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
UMAI E
THEWASHINGTON
CENTER1997
Academic Seminars
LEADERSHIP2 0 0 0 : A GLOBALPERSPECTIVE
(DECEMBER
30-JANUARY
10,1997)
POL 398-A
WOMENAs LEADERS
(DECEMBER
30-JANUARY
10,1997)
POL 398-8
THE~NDEPENDENT
SECTOR:
ISSUES
AND CAUSES
(DECEMBER
30-JANUARY10,1997)
POL 3984
CAMPAIGN96: THEINAUGURATION
(JANUARY
14-20,1997)
POL 398-0
The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the
first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week,
one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all
three weeks of the program (December 30-January 20) in
order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship
from the College covering registration and tuition costs.
Credit is available from the Political Science Department for
this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group
seminars and journals.
For information brochures and registration forms ask in
Memorial Hall 11lA or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall
117 or call 330-1 197. There are five scholarships available to
cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2000
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ........
Show more
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ...................52
About This Catalog
Interim Courses
Contents
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their
courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who
chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change; and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are
required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward
the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or
consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses
required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged day school tuition $1630
per course credit. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or school administered programs,
except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal
or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College,
221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be
reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail,
<steil@augsburg.edu>.
Options
.
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 10. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent study/research or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other
4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may
not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general
education requirements or major requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other
students will be charged $1,630 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim
should write to the Ofice of the Registrar for application
forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $25.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports
listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
Interim Calendar 2000
November 15 to December 3
January 3
. . . . . . . . . Interim
.
registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First
. day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:15 p.m
January 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 14 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses
January 17. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no
class
January 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends
January 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins
February 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim grades due to registrar
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at (612) 330-1150.
Calendar
Calligraphy I & II
ART 106-J
ART 306-J
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design
through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special
attention given to foundation, italic, gothic, and uncial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is based
on quality of work plus participation and growth factors.
Upper division students are required to complete examples in
three historical writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler, and mat board.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-J
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in
various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be
based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of
$45 to be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Marine Biology of the Florida Keys
BIO 140-J
BIO 340-J
Instructor: William Capman
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2 112 weeks in Florida at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine
Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going
research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to
coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass
flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and
communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory.
Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the
station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a
period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key
West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be
based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 6'10 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents - BIO 101,
102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor.
BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the
research project, and (5) final exam.
Prerequisite for BIO 340: 810 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Laboratory Biochemistry
BIO 368-J
Instructor: Karen Ballen
'I'his ct~i~rsc
is a n in trot1 uution l o tech~iicl~ius
c o m ~ n o n l yt~sccf
in bincIic.misiry. '1~chriic1~1c.s
includc (1,111 not li~llitcdto): ~ I . o w i n extrac~iun,dialysis, spectl-c.~phatomct
ry, S13S p01yair.ylamicle gel ciect rophorcsis, inn txchnngc cIll.clrn;~tclgl.alIhy,
Prerequisites:2.0 in 810 367
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-J
Instructor: Jim Kattke
Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web
pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of
relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a
few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort
on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation
with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness
to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool.
Prereqttlsit~s:MiS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instruct06 or Math Placement Group 3
Mnxltr~~nrr
Fnrollmant: 20
Time: I1
Room: Lindeli 16
Personal Finance
BUS 295-J
BUS 495-J
Instructor: Ashok Kapoor
This is an introductory course in personal financial planning.
Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. BUS 295: quizzes and exams. BUS 495: all of the above
plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
Chemistry for Changing Timer
CHM 100-J
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person
living in a modern, high-technology society such as the
United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral
or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able
to understand the science involved. Anything less is an
impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop
scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an
abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides,
fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food
shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency,
licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about
sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste
storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many
of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning
about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can
begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and
even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily
quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and
American Plastic
CHM 104-J
Instructor: Ron Fedie
Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze age.
Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without
this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much
different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and
others that are used every day come from different polymeric
materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we
will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry.
Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic
polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common
natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of
rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some
of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One,
American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle for the
historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from
the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent
themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A
second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will
help with the previously mentioned themes and give more
depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's
book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer
molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group
worksheets, 6 quizzes, 6 reflection papers, 6 lab periods, and
an individual project and presentation.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will
be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a
course in computer applications or how to use computers,
although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 202
UNlX and C
CSC 272-J
Instructor: Karen Sutherland
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: Ii
Room: Sverdrup 202
Computer Science
Topics: Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme One and Two
CSC 273-J/373-J
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or computer science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming,
procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation.
Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from
exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based
on a series of programming projects. CSC is a continuation of
CSC 273.
Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking
Prerequisite: CSC 273. none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 205
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-J
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination,
education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be
developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 112-J
Instructor: Satya t? Gupta
The objectives of the course are to give students fundamental
principles of macroeconomics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Simple
applications will be used. Students will take tests every week
and grades will be based on tests, participation in class and
problems solved.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Practicum and Seminar in Special
Education
EDU 491-3
Instructor: Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor; or consent of
instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 4
Economics
I
American Dialects: Differences and
Attitudes
ENG 219-J
Instructor: John Schmit
Because language plays an important role in our socialization,
the way we speak tells others who we are and with whom we
identify. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economic
standing and our cultural background. In this course we will
explore the ways in which both personal and group identities
are reflected by the ways in which we speak. We will examine a
number of American varieties of English and will attempt to
describe the rules by which these varieties operate. Class sessions will include brief lectures, student presentations, and
student-led discussions. In addition to presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a
final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Theatre In and Around London
ENG 269-J
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
The purpose of this course is to study live theatre in London
and Stratford. For more information, contact Prof. Ron
Palosaari, (612) 330- 1005.
Topics: Introduction to Asian American
Literature
ENG 282-L
ENG 482-L
Instructor: Joan Thompson
In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J.
Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture
opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the
human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas
through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry,
short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors.
Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art
include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations
of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and
coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the
historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one
Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading
journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional
novel and write a research-based paper on it.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
English
I
Topics: Investigating the Victorian
Thriller
ENG 282-0
ENG 482-0
Instructor: Dallas Liddle
This course will study the phenomenon in 19th-century
Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror.
Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic"
(stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain)
or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860s, however, popular novelists including
Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, and others were producing a
stunningly successful series of works in which the action was
set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes.
These novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues
that the more polite genre of domestic fiction could hardly
hint at, including gender roles and sexual transgression, class
and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark
sides of urban life. We will read several of the best of these
thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture
that produced them. We will read original reviews and
responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of
newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the
novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic
and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we
will also work to determine why these novels have continued
to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades
will be based on class attendance and participation, two short
papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level
students will read one additional novel, write a research-based
paper on it, and share the results of their research with the
class.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal An3 Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 20
Topics: Cinema and Sexual Identity
ENG 2824
Instructor: Doug Green
What does cinema reveal about how the 20th century has
thought about sexuality?How do cinematic images affect our
sense of our own sexual identity? This topics course in
English examines films from the early years of cinema to the
present in order to explore depictions of and cultural
assumptions about sexual identity. We will, moreover, consider the impact of these images on audience perceptions and
expectations, including those of the self. We will pay special
attention to the various images and constructions of homosexual as well as heterosexual identity in English-language
cinema, especially Hollywood movies, and in some silent and
foreign films. Taking Celluloid Closet as a point of departure,
we will consider how film affects sexual minorities in the
audience as well as in film production.
There will be short readings on sexuality and film. At each
class there will be a full or partial film screening, followed by
small-group and whole-class discussions. We may go to one
or two films offcampus as well, so students should be prepared to buy tickets; these out-of-class screenings may not be
at the regular class time. There will be at least one typed
journal entry due at each class period. The class will meet
from 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the first two
weeks of Interim; 1-5 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday of the
third week; and 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the
last week.
Grading will be based on the completion and quality of all
journal entries and on class/film attendance, preparation,
and participation. Students missing more than two
classes/films and/or two journal entries may not pass the
course. All grades
are PIN option only (i.e., 2.0 is required
for course credit).
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal Arls Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
English
Topics: Contemporary American Poetry
ENG 282-P
ENG 482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course provides an introductory survey of contemporary
American poetry by poets whose works have come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis
will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to
the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological
and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations
of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries
in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will
be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages
in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book
that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet;
this choice, based upon recommendation, must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequisites: for 482-R lntro to Literature or consent of instructol:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Quantitative Journalism: Computer
Assisted Reporting and Research
ENG 347-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data
in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such
inquires will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore
the use of computer-assisted research for their particular
information development interests as well as those preparing
to enter the communication professions.
Prerequisites: Eng. 225 or Eng. 227, or consent of instructors. Math Placement Group 3.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouantitative Reasofling
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: T; Th 6-9 p.m. and Sat 1:30-4:30 p.m.
Room: Sat, Lindell Library 16; T; Th Sverdrup 204
Senior Honors Seminar: Hispanic
Christianity Along the Border
HON 401-J
Instructor: Margaret Madsen
An introduction to denominations with a special focus on
Hispanic communities along the US.-Mexican border.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 or Intercultural Awareness 1
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
-
Enalish
Dance (men
(0.5 course
HPE 232-M
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1- 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232- W
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1 - 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit)
HPE 275-J
Instructor: Missy Strauch
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room
procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken
simultaneously.
Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: 1- 1/5,1/6,1/7,1/10,1/1I, 1/12,1/13,1/14,1/19,1/21,1/24,1/25,1/26
Room: Melby 119
Instructional Methods: Materials in
Health Education
HPE 390-J
Instructor: Patty Murphy
This course will cover principles and methods of instruction
applied to health education (5-12). Emphasis upon teaching1
learning strategies and student assessment. Development and
delivery of lessons/activities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create,
deliver and assess health education lessons in a "real" classroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion
of a "technology project", resource file, and exam.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melbv 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
+
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student
will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six
other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling
and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying Interim exchange students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to
this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN
Health & Physical Education
I
ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned
in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department,
(612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled)
20th-Century South Asia
HIS 162-J
HIS 462-J
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This Interim experience is designed to look at the area of
South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the
people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard
historical writings, and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism, and various
phases of modernization have had on this old, honored, and
traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk
about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has
prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at
South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers, and tests
(including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history
class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular
assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Topics in History: The Great Men of
20th-Century Europe and Their Myths
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Sheldon Anderson
This course examines several important 20th-century leaders
and their impact on the course of European political and
diplomatic history. Topics will include Woodrow Wilson and
the Versailles Treaty after World War I, Neville Chamberlain
and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich
Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's agreement to sign a nonaggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11,
Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies,
and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist
systems of Europe fell from 1989-1991. The course will focus
on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders
and these conferences.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 20
Topics in History: Early Minnesota
History, 1849- 1900
HIS 195-1
Instructor: William Green
This course will examine the political, economic, and social
history of early Minnesota. The course will study life in
Minnesota among the Ojibway and Dakota peoples, through
the fur trading period which witnessed French, English, then
American settlements, through the territorial period (18491858), and finally statehood.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 20
Remembering the 20th Century
HIS 440-J
Instructor: Jacqueline de Vries
As the millennium approaches, everyone-artists, politicians,
gossip columnists, historians-seems to have some opinion
about the waning 20th century. What has this century
wrought? The last hundred years have left a great many contradictions: two global wars that destroyed millions of lives
and swept away governments, but brought economic development; the decline (and recovery) of established religion; the
rise (and collapse) of a messianic faith in communism; great
increases in standards of living while famine and child labor
persist; technological breakthroughs that put teachers in space
and AK-47 rifles in the hands of children; new freedoms and
new forms of exploitation. In this course, we will together
attempt to make sense of the 20th century. Please note that
while the course will examine major events and developments
of the century, it will not offer a narrative history, nor will it
be exhaustive. Instead, it will explore a variety of possible
interpretive frameworks to help us better understand where
our grandparents have been and where we are today. Rather
than relying exclusively on (sometimes dry) textbooks, we will
explore the century through a variety of personal narratives,
both written and oral, and reflect on the shaping of both individual and collective memory.
Course materials will include several monographs and novels,
films, photographs, and guest lectures. Students will complete
three five-page papers, one of which will be an interview with
their oldest living relative.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
Paideia Seminars
INS 120-J
Instructor: Anne Jensen
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for
seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature,
intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and
lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries
including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and
self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 43
Technically Speaking
INS 21 1-J
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity
to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral
presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively
organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn
about other science topics and science policy from your fellow
scientist.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductory-level science course
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Interdisciplinary
I
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-J
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the
similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time; I
Room: Old Main 27
Topics: Minnesota Indians
INS 495-J
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and
Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present
situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences
will be studied and compared to see how each group has
done since the time of contact. Major historical events will be
examined as well as significant events important to each
group. Students will learn how changing federal policy affected the two groups and how each of the groups has dealt with
things such as assimilation, termination, and/or relocation.
Other topics to be covered include health, education, welfare,
treaty rights, and economic opportunities. The main text will
be Indians in Minnesota by Judith Rosenblatt (ed). The students will be expected to demonstrate understanding of
major issues through written exams and research
projects/presentations. Upper division students will be
expected to do more comprehensive research.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss 21
Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion:
Experiencing History
INS 200-J
INS 300-J
Instructor: Garry Hesser & Joseph Young
During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the
first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding
of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers,
videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on
January 17. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a
bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock,
Memphis, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta, Nashville, and
Chicago, the places where history was made and the museums
that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview
participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage
one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course
objectives include learning about the history and sociology of
race and ethnic relations in the U.S. gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s
and 1960s, documenting our personal and group experiences
so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the
Augsburg community and others, and increasing our skills for
cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower
division: students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course,
including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20
resources.
Cost estimate: $500, plus the cost of meals for 10 days (with
scholarships available, based upon need-contact Garry Hesser
at 330- 1664)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
**Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning
Monday, January 17, and ending on Wednesday, January 26.
Interdisciplinary
I
Work in the City Externship: Linking
Education and the World of Work
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson
This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role
and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will
focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special
emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to
Twin City businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options; complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises, and self assessments;
and give individual and group presentations. Students will
also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and
understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan
area. PIN grading only.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
Management Information Systems
(MIS)
See listing under Business, pg. 9.
Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-J
Instructor: Anthony Dunlop
How can an industry comply with air quality standard at the
smallest possible cost? Did you know that one of the first
applications (other than gambling) of probability theory was
in genetics (on the question of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out)? How do we build the most
cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given
the cost factors between pairs of satellites?In Finite Math
we'll study the topics that give the answers to these questions:
linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. Finite Math is for students in Math Placement Group 3
or higher who need a Quantitative Reasoning course. Class
will be a mix of lectures and small group work. Evaluation
will be based on class participation, quizzes, and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Math Elective for MIS major; economics major
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Science 108
Math of Interest
MAT 173-J
Instructor: Christopher Schwartz
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Mathematics
1
Modeling and Differential Equations
MAT 247-J
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
In Modeling and Differential Equations, we will cover a range
of mathematical topics with emphases on mathematical modeling, differential equations, and numerical methods. We'll see
connections between mathematics and "real world" problems
and get a feel for applied mathematics. We will discuss a variety of applications in class, and students will have opportunities to select applications of interest. Modeling and
Differential equations is a must for anyone considering
majoring in Applied Mathematics and is strongly recommended for students majoring in Physics or Chemistry. It is
also for anyone considering majoring or minoring in
Mathematics. Evaluation will be based on participation,
quizzes, projects, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: MAT 146 Calculus I1 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Foss MAC
Beginning German I
GER I l l - J
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
This course is for students with no previous background in
German. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening,
reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding German culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the
use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be
based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR I1 I-J
Instructor: Becky Hegstad
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use
of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 26
S anish and Latin-American Culture
T rough Film
I:
SPA 248-J
Instructor: Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural and political issues
(social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language,
exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary
Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented
with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic,
literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of
these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is
based on class participation; brief weekly, writing assignments;
and a short term paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
Modern Languages
I
+
Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-J
Instructor: Roberta Kagin
This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the Great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of music in the cultural life in the New World. For
more information, contact Prof. Roberta Kagin,
(612) 330-1273.
Topics: Sounds and Sights of China
MUS 295-S
Instructor: Robert Karlen
+
Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture
over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and
experienced in four of the most important cities of China. For
more information, contact Prof. Robert Karlkn, (612) 3301266.
Survey of Rock History and Musical
Style, 1951-1971
MUS 204-J
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology
as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s)
and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group
performance project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
Introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
MUS 235-J/THR 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from basic
human impulses to dance, sing, and express oneself. Join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music instructor Sonja
Thompson to discuss this interdisciplinary art form, and
develop your own basic skills of music-theater from China,
Japan, India, and other cultures. Course includes writing and
research, class discussion and exercises, small and large group
participation, memorization, and performance. Performers of
all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability
is required. Interested students will be auditioned in
December so that appropriate material can be assigned to
them. Course may be repeated with permission from the
instructors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Topic: History of Caribbean Music
Studied in Miami and Jamaica
t
MUS 2 9 5 4
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean
music, where composition, recording, and world distribution
take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and
reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of
Caribbean music. For more information, contact Prof. Robert
Stacke, (612) 330-1271.
Liberal Arts Perspective: intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Music
I
The Mysticism of Meister Eckhart
PHI 295-J
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
A study of some of the key texts of the great mystical philoso-
pher, focusing on the idea of detachment from worldly affairs
and the union of the soul with God while in this life. Students
will be expected to prepare brief written analyses of the
assigned readings and present two essays of Eckhart. Seminar
format.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main I1
Science, Technology, and Values
PHY 117-J
Instructors: Mark Engebretson and Bruce Reichenbach
This course will focus on contemporary problems that arise
from our developing technological capacities. We will consider problems such as the causes and effects of global warming;
depletion of the ozone layer; social, economic, and ethical
concerns in pollution cleanup; agriculture, pesticides, and
genetic effects; the prospects and problems of genetically
engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban
implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactory grasp on how to approach these problems, we will first
explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures
used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions
among the three. Grading will be based on two tests and a
major project.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 205
Topics: Physics in Science
and Fantasy Fiction
PH Y 220-J
Instructor: J. Ambrose Wolf
This course deals with physics aspects in movies as well as in
science fiction and fantasy fiction literature on a conceptual
level. We will explore scenes and settings in which physics plays
an important role and also learn to discern if they are physically correct or not. This will also expand the awareness of physics
in everyday life, where it is encountered and how it works. The
math component of this course will be minimized in favor of a
better grasp of the concepts and thought processes involved.
Various scenes from movies and excerpts from literature will be
presented, after which the physics connection and understanding will be explored in discussions. The weekly papers will
cover one of the topics discussed in class during that week; the
long-term paper will cover a general topic from physics in
everyday life and bibliographic research. Students' papers and
reviews will also be discussed class. This course is designed for
those students who do not plan to major or minor in physics.
Grading will be based on active participation in class discussions, three (approx. weekly) short papers involving draft and
peer review (final paper and review graded) and one long
paper including a draft version corrected by the instructor.
Prerequisite: Effective Writing, Math Placement Group 2
Graduation Skill: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I1
Room: Science 108
Physics
-.
I
Introduction to Space Science
PH Y 320-J
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and
upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms,
particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation
will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research
paper, and at least one class presentation.
Prerequisite: PHY 245 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 206
Social Justice in America
POL 140-J
Instructor: Andrew Kurvers Spalding
Students develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban
America. Substantial participation in class discussions
required. The course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student
ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and
other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation
in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6
page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed
time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of
material covered on the first day of class, no one will be
admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of
class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Global Peace and Justice: Focus on
Northern Ireland
POL 295-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
The course will examine the political, social, and psychological roots of international conflict and current efforts at preventing and resolving bloodshed and oppression. We will use
the class as an opportunity to prepare for the 2000 Peace Prize
Forum, which will cover topics of the conflict in Northern
Ireland. The course will begin with a study of a range of theories used to understand international conflict- including
power politics, psychological and cultural theories, Marxism,
liberalism, and feminism. Readings will include historical and
fictional treatments of the conflict in Northern Ireland, and
we will view some films related to the topic, including The
Crying Game. The class will also involve the use of simulation
and role-playing of international negotiations to give students
a feel for the difliculties and complexities of dispute resolution.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 26
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics:
Daughters or Stepdau hters: Russian
"Women on the Eve o the
Millennium"
9
POL 195-J
POL 359-J
Instructor: Nadezhda Shvedova
An overview of the situation of Russian women today. The
course will combine discussion and lecture on the situation of
women in Russia. Shvedova, a leading activist on women's
issues as well as an educator, will provide the distinctive perspective of her experience as a Russian woman. The course
will cover women in the economy, politics, in the mass media,
Political Science
I
etc. There will also be attention to issues such as women's
struggle to gain real equality and a voice in society, violence
against women, and the impact of Russia's economic crisis on
women. There will be two or three short papers, plus a longer
(10-12 page) paper at the end of the term. Readings will be
taken from books and articles.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Principles of Psychology
PSY 105-J
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two
tests and two lab reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
Psychology and Law
PS Y 335-J
Instructor: lVancy Steblay
Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes
three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and
interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection,
jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological
profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on
exams and one paper.
Prerequisite: PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
REL 232-J
Instructor: Lyle Griner
Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and
junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and
serving others within a Christian belief system.
Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: Jan. 10-13, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. and Jan. 4,6,18,25,27, 9:00 a.m -1 1:30 a.m.
Room: Murphy Place 100
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-J
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
Beginning with Martin Luther, this course will study the main
themes and figures of the Lutheran tradition. Class time will
include field trips, discussion, and lectures. Exams, student
participation, and papers will be the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Religion
Theology of Death and Dying
REL 390-J
Instructor: John Benson
This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from
biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions, and
Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since
some of our theological material will come from Roman
Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions
regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various
ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will
become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the
hospice movement in the United States, and current medical
practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes, and written assignments will be the format.
Grades will be based on class participation, two tests, and oral
presentation of a research project.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
REL 440-J
Instructor: Janelle Bussert
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition
and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include
quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final
paper.
Prerequisite: Religion 11 1, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 11 1
Exploring Human Services
S WK 257-1
S WK 2 5 7 4
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that they select. The placement
must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency
staff. The course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as
a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own
responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal
value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty
and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students
at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and
the Law
S WK 295-J
Intructor: Tony Bibus
This course will introduce students to social work practice in
the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship
of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet
with key policy makers, observe court procedures, and discuss
practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and
possibly with families and children as well. There will also be
opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in
the U.S. with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of
securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their
ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore
controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as
concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze
the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts
and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws;
they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal
approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global
perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of
assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or
project completed for the course.
Prerequisite: Social work majors or permission of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 20
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
S WK 307-J
Instructor: Mike Schock
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small-group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing
on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Social Work
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit)
Instructor: Maria Dinis
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the
0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service
agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will
be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating
course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisite: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollment: open
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time)
Room: Old Main 21
Human Community and
the Modern Metropolis
SOC 21 1-J
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience
of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for
a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in
a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition,
class participation and a final examination will be the basis
for evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Topics: Cultures of Violence
SOC 295-J
Instructor: James Vela-McConnell
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide.
Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence?What do they have in
common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in
its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With
this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological,
and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a
combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and
videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers
from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write
about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction
papers based on the readings, and classroom participation
will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab
fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 206
Sacialaav
Topics: Discrimination, Harassment,
and Communication
SPC 295-J
Instructor: Robert Groven
If you keep sending poems to an old flame at work, are you
harassing them? If your boss tells racist jokes at a bar after
work, are they guilty of discrimination? Why are neo-Nazis
allowed to march through Jewish neighborhoods, but they
aren't allowed to hurl racial insults at co-workers?
Discrimination and harassment are in the headlines regularly,
but most people don't know what they really mean. What
kinds of communication constitute discrimination or harassment and why? This course covers all forms of illegal discrimination including gender, race, disability, religion, and sexual
orientation. It focuses on the legal approach to discriminatory
communication, but also examines the reactions of employers, employees, and organizations generally. This course uses
the "case method" teaching approach, where many specific
examples are studied to produce general conclusions. The
course involves role-playing, game-playing, debate, and writing. Course work includes a few short papers, one project, and
one test.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Documentary Video
SPC 347-J
Instructor: Deb Redmond
Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing
with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production
teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The
production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary
piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time
for editing.
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 123
Introduction to Dance
(0.0 credit)
THR 002-T/HPE 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance,
including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sporl
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Modern Dance/lmprovisation
(0.0 credit)
THR 004-UHPE 004-2
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using
level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation
of short, improvisational pieces.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spolt
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
THR 235-J/MUS 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
See course information listed under MUS 235-1.
Topics: Crossing Borders, Bridging Cultures
An Interdisciplinary course in Norway for
Students in Social Work and Education
January 6 - 27, 2000
EDC 495-P/S WK 295-P
Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or
Susan O'Connor
Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health
and welfare services to children, youth, and families. Students
may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter
Recreation Programs with Children and Youth" or "Social
Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field
study and practicum experience will introduce students to the
content and context of professional practice in Norway as well
as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All
classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S.
and Norwegian students.
Cost: $2465, which includes roundtrip airfare from
Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway, all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition.
UMAIE
SPP 201-J
3-
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
*Advanced Spanish Language and Culture in Argentina
'Br~irrttitigC;~tt~rrln
in Germany
"I,'oitvogi~i,q
C,'tdtrrres in Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula
Interim Abroad
*Egypt in Transition
*In the Footsteps of the Crusaders: from Jerusalem to Malta
*The Many Faces of Japan
*Poets and Their Places: Ireland's Literary Landscapes
*Psychology and the International Workplace in Britain
*The Rhine Frontier: On-Site Cultural History at the Heart of
the European Union
Other Interim Abroad Courses
HECUA
"Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala
*Development and Community in Bangladesh
ACTC Creative Writing Workshop
at Augsburg College
Locating Yourself in the World Through Poetry
Course will carry upper division English credit
Instructor: Roseann Lloyd
This course gives advanced writing students new ways of
expanding their range in poetry. Students will develop their
range by intensive writing practice-poems in many forms:
lyriclnarrative poems, section poems, monologues, prose
poems, political poems. Students will keep a Voices Journal,
collecting language around town. In addition, each student
writer will conduct an interview of an older person and make
poems from that interview. The class texts focus on poetry
that observes the world, poetry grounded in a particular culture, such as Five Fields, by Gillian Clarke, Touching the Fire:
Fifleen Poets of Today's Latino Renaissance, edited by Ray
Gonzalez. Evaluation will take into account the completion of
process/exercises, class attendance, and a final portfolio. This
is an upper division class for writers who are committed to
their own writing and have already completed an introductory creative writing class at the college level. Each ACTC college may send three writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for
enrollment in this course, contact Cass Dalglish, (612) 3301009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)330-1423,before registration.
Time: Monday through Thursday 12:OO-4:OOp.m. Fridays will be used for extra conferences, interview time, and group work.
Room: Anderson 100
ACTC
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
The Washington Center 2000
Academic Seminars
Campaign 2000
January 3-14, 2000
POL 398-A
This is a two-week intensive session held in the heart of the
United States government that will focus not only on the new
millennium but on the beginning of a new presidential campaign. In the two-week session, the following will be the primary focus: Campaign Politics, and The Media Pursuit of the
Presidency
The Washington Center is offering the above two topics for
the session. Augsburg students must register for the whole
two-week session in order to receive credit (January 3-14).
Credit is available from the political science department for
this program. The course is a passlno credit course based on
participation in program activities including site visits, small
group seminars, and journals.
For further information about the program, contact Prof.
Underhill-Cady in Memorial Hall 112b or at (612) 330-1312,
or by email: <cady@augsburg.edu>. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on
priority in registration through Prof. Underhill-Cady's office.
Other Courses
I
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students...
Show more
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1986.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/
N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Off ice (Memorial230)
Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114G)
Interim Calendar
November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration
December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim
January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim
First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m.
Time 11-1 p.m.
January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd
January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System
for Half Credit Courses
January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half
Credit Courses
January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses
Ends
January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses
Begins
January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit
Courses
January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom
Full Credit Courses
January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading
System for Half Credit Courses
January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from
Half Credit Courses
January31 . . . . .InterimEnds
February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins
.
The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
L-Library
all
M-Music H
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships-Students electing an internship must present a
completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract
forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Environmental Aesthetics
ART 102-48001
302-46002
Instructor: PhilThompson
In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the
man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles
of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will
be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process.
Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural
landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other
project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight
other text related design projects required. Grades will also be
based on one or two examinationsplus a final.
Distribution:Art - Music
Time: 11
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-48003
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one
minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal
pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art -Music
Time: I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-46004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
The Biology of Women
BIO 231-46005
Instructor:Roberta Lammers
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of
the structure and functioning of the female human organism as
well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen
in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and
physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues
such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards.
In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of
human evolution and the social relationships of women and men.
FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists.
Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual
reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the
number of students in the class.
Prer uisite: High school biology
Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: S 329
11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated
Universities Science Minimester
BIO 322-46006
PHY 322-46007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and
"hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The
course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection
and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak
Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3)
summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated
Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the
course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: S 24
II Biological Evolution
BIO 431-48008
Instructor:Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present.
F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 205
BUSINESS
II Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-46010
Instructor:Thomas Morgan
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
u&ite: permission of instructor
zz7
Room: P 2
IIntroduction to International Business
BUS 152-46070
BUS 352-46071
Instructor: Arnin Kader
This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems
and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and
management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by
foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in
international business.
The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned.
Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration.
Time: I
Room: OM 22
IEntrepreneurship
BUS 295-46077
Instructor: John Cerrib
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Room: M 23
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-46092
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Advanced Personal Computing
BUS 378-48093
Instructor: Milo Schield
The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study
- advanced word processing (Word Star 2000)
- advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates)
- advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base)
- business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1
presentation)
- integrated packages (Symphony)
There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus.
Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and
participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects.
Fee: $20--but no required textbook.
Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing)
Time: I
Room S 123
CHEMISTRY
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHlM 100-46013
Instructor:Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional
background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m
sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8
needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e
course does assume the student is interested in and concerned
about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers
and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades
the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry
becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence
on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer,
"the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out,
Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't)
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex
system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of
the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,
our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not
satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 315
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-48014
Instructor: SandraOlmsted
A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate
the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last
day of class.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11
Room: S 315
FORTRAN
CSC 270-46045
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175)
Time: 11
Room: S 112
E Understanding International Trade and
Finance
ECO 360-46012
Instructor: Ed SabeIla
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development
and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the
mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies.
Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other
written assignments.
uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor
Room: OM 16
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019
EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020
EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021
EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022
Instructor:Trudi Fulda
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
Time: I
Room: L 4
ENGLISH
E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop
ENG 362-46098
Instructor: Lon Otto
This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction
and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first
week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent
short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories
written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories
will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students
Fiction Writing Workshop (con't)
will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor.
Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on
willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous,
constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful
attendance is essential.
Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course.
Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English
Department.
Fee: $10
Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at
least one creative writing
- course on the college
- level
Time: 11
Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas
IThe Short Story
ENG 240-46024
340-46025
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such
as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of
Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be
among the authors studied.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical
development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice
in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for
students who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the
teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write
with clarity
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 23
The Dark Side of Genius: Films of
Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman
ENG 260-46026
460-46027
Instructor:John Mitchell
Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical
vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision
of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s
background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the
time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length.
Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students
should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them.
Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper
of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division
credit must have mrrnission from the instructor.
Fee: $25 for rental of films
Time: I1
Room: SCI 123
Grow Old Along With Me
ENG 209-46023
Instructor:Barbara Andersen
You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you
live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to
say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are:
Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My
Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old
Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as
"AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time."
What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will
be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings.
Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and
interview journals.
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 10
E Love in Literature
ENG 269-46068
Instructor:Ron Pal&
This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate
love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of
Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer
Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The
Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social
sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and
show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films.
Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: OM 25
FRENCH
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-48028
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French
writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention
on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study
Prerequisite:Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Sueech
Time: I
Room: OM 27
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE 475-46081
Instructor: A1Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common
athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room
procedures.
This is a half credit course.
Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology
Time: II -Jan.20-31
Room: Melby
January 4-23,1986
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48036
Instructor:Joyce PPaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and
will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety,
boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting
and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A
daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written
exam willbe given.
Cost: $2100
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Human Sexuality
HPE 216-46035
Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft
The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral,
and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues,
male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual
behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d
issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak
ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation
will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project.
Fee: $10
Time: II
Room: M 24
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-48080
Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a half credit course.
Time: II - Jan. 6-17
Room: Melby
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-46036
320-46037
Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen
An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems
encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and
Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups
will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants.
Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field
trips-all these are important components of the course as are the
academic components such as readings.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: 816
Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore
standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: LI
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097
419-46039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor.
In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend
a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term.
Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: OM 13
-
January 2-26,1986
Hawaii: A Cultural History
HIS 321-46104
Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson
'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this
mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books
and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism
,
and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South
Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU
s
d s e be a unit on the
w ~ nBuddhist-Christian
t
dialogue.
Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Cost: $1,895
Distribution:Religion (by petition)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
The Art of Being Female
INS 216-46078
416-46079
Instructor: Sara Eaton
Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they
write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean
something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do
they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation?
Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the
literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400
years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5
Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia
O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary
l
novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in
their art and how they t~1l
us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw;
students will I
x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy
and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd
amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will
write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on
their topic to tho class.
There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade
will come from quizzes on the assignments.
Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting
Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies
Time:II
Room: OM II
Central America: The Roots of the Crisis
INS 280-46034
Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for
Global Service
The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy
issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine
the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of
the region.
The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and
PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and
Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions.
On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five
days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26,
we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and
staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both
countries, encounters with people from the churches, political,
cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition,
there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to
grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the
poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking
to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide
opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The
final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a
time for de-briefingand evaluation.
During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2
books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an
assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a
journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on
January 31.
Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals.
lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure.
World Hunger and Justice Education:
Developing a N e w World View
INSm - 4 6 0 3 1
REL 2 W 4 W 3 2
h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education,
tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w
The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the
current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the
Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho
role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth,
justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S.
Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion
tl~ealom.
The purpose wiU
1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical
choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore
pe%gogical principles for socinljustice.
Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran
World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat
CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor
of Economics at Luther Collage:
world guests in tho Twin Cities ma.
and
The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat
center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be
held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various
orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a
final p a p r .
S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper
intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be
tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n
this paper and prticipation.
Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three
weeksi willbe-8300,
Dhtrlbution: -1
on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr
RiI The Church and Social Change in
the Philippines
LNS 274-46033
Instructors: J
i
m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af
Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global
Service and Education
T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer
underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a
country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice,
and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the
church. Thmugho~~t
the coursc, therefore, we will be examining
the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change.
The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't)
The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d
in htinn~apolis.and will
foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week.
On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style
of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal
p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January
26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and
aduation of the experience.
During the first weok, participants will be required to read s
packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related
topic. During the k i p , students wiU be
to keep a journal,
and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience.
Grading PIN.
Cost: $1995fmm ~
~ includes all
p m v d expenses,
o
meals,
~
ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to
change due to &are increase prior to the trip.
~~
MATHEMATICS
Mathematical Modeling
MAT 132-46042
Instructor: Paul Hulse
Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in
the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-,
represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg.
The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments.
Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry
Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics
T i e :1
W r n : OM 21
Linear Algebra In Action
MAT 315-48046
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p
~
~
.leastgsqunres
,
fitting, computer
graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s
will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq.
Prerequisite:MAT 215
Time: I
Room: S 112
IM Numerical Pattern Processing
Through Programming
MAT 144-46043
211-46044
Instructor: Larry Copes
In this course students will learn to write elementary computer
programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns.
Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost
coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work
will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom
set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s
and written reports. For
21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe
, patterns and 1epo1.t~
will ~~equire
the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge
mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend
t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer.
Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement
Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade
2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 213
IIntroduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-46047
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe
music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t
a
observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations.
In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an
overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country
and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports,
and clam participation. A special class project will be required for
upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for
field trips during &her the morning or afternoon.
Fee: $15
Time: I1
Room: M5
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-46065 329-48088
Instructor: StephenGabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of
styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Dishbution:Art-Music
Time: II
Room: M4
Memorizationfor Musicians
MUS 151-48048 351-46049
Instructor:James D.Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system.
These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc,
and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from
their instruments.
Prer uisite: Basic music study
-3
Room: M4
NORWEGIAN
LI Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-46029
Instructor:Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are
conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time:II
Room: OM 29
4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311-46030
Instructor: Leif Hansen
intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e
gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between
the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l
experience required.
uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent
Ez?m*
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-46050
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by
jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice
t
md have potential for fwreacllingeffects
in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
What Do You Think of That?
PHI250-46053
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d
say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m
Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course
~
we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15
Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof
authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes,
anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney
Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m).
Their views are provocative, to say the
least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution: History-Philo8ophy
Time:11
Room: OM 23
Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature
PHI248-48051
346-46052
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
736s course inquires into the ~Astance
and nature of those beings
that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the
~ anaelic
and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such
kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer
certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~
as whether they
arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from
each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore
we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e.
Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress
of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a
term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of
oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students
will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta
t h a n lower division studenf.~.
uisite: One philosophy or religion course
EE3
Room: MEM 323
PHYSICS
Numerical Methods in Physics
PHY 345-48076
Instructor:Jeff Johnson
'
Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by
formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi-
calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation
and nume~.lcal
techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist.
In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions
to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an
example of a 2nd order differential equation).
The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics
and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount
of c h s time to it.
Student performance will be based on problem assignments and
computer projects.
Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: S 329
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-48041
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~
of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention
will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including
state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the
world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology
(study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof
the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff
d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y
the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt.
The course will
includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory
~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll
project.
Prei uisite: High school
Disaution: Mathematics hyucs
Time: 11
Room: S 212
Vbr?
The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of
the Universe
PHY 109-46075
Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh
Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists
u
x-rays from
study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect
what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our
world and form our modern imaga of the universe.
But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When
confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth,
was t h center
~
of the turiverse, Martin Luther
quickly cited J o ~ h u who
a
told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still!
Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews
and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine
the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&:
Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp,
Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel.
The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and
discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd
present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original
sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b
servation exercises.
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: M 24
Special Functions and Their Applications in
the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-46073
MAT 327-46074
Instructor:Ken Erickson
Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical
sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of
s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions:
hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions,
Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand
,
fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable.
The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed
through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the
functions.
Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project.
Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and
MAT 224 or equivalent
Time:I
Room: S 212
POLITICAL SCIENCE
The United Nations
POL 166-46068 366-46069
Instructor:Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and
functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural,
political and economic background of the member states of the
Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council.
The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting
of the Security Council.
Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short
papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the
simulationis compulsory.
Upper division students will be required to submit an additional
paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council.
Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: II
Room: OM 13
The Politics of International Economic Issues
POL 461-46056
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue
~
this goal students wiU Yo.
GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy
the headlines of 1985. Course objectives:
1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system,
and
2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting
world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of
the mid-1980s
Course content:
1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in
the world of the 1980s;
2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the
distribution of economic power during the past decade, the
possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic
economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as
agriculLur~!
m d finance, within a variety of countries; and
3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in
the world economy
Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations
and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making
roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam.
Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160
Time: II
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and
Young Adult
PSY 352-46096
Instructor:Duane E. Johnson
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of
data and theory related to development during the adolescent and
young adult periods of life.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student participation. Procedures will include class discussion,
short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the
testing willrequire written responses.
Prerequisite:General Psychology
Time:I
Room: OM 16
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-46081
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with
differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the
e opportunity to
explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and
gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w
i
l
l ha 3aitilized involving
tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation
wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations,
and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(GeneralPsych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
RELIGION
IChristianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-46058
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture
and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts
to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid ~ystem
of racial segregation.Them will be
lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting
resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short
tests and a short research paper.
Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon
Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: OM 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-46057
Instructor: Gene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine the present form and work of this church,
its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history
The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran
confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion
will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text
costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the
third day
UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon
""%
Mstrj
ution: M W o n (Qnly one In*
ward graduation religion requirements)
course m a y be used to-
Time: I
Room: OM 18
Archaeology and the Bible
REL 215-46101
Instructor:Philip Quanbeck
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and
make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based
on class participation and the project.
Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements)
Time: I
Room: M 22
RUSSIAN
Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature
RUS 210-46082
RUS 410-46083
Instructor:James E. Brown
This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian
writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short
novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero
of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels
(Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna
Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students
are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in
class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three
papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home
examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers
and the final examination.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: OM 21
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring Human Services
S W K 257-46059
Instructor:Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary,brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Field Work I11
S W K 466-46060(1 course)
466-46061(% course)
Instructor:Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIQLOGY
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC241-46098
Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo
The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the
wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and
"pmgr~ss."
and selected aspects of Westem Culture.
Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-.
Time: I
Room: P 3
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
II Children's Theater
SPC 285-46064
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a
play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off
stago as performers (acto~s,
~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts,
scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the
mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a
written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E
rience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage T w o
E Writing the Creative Article
SPC 268-46062
368-46063
Instructor:Ray Anderson
The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw.
The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience,
whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion.
Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will.
read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor.
Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and
sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort
will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for
publication.
A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students.
Time:II
Room: OM 27
W Advanced Acting
SPC 432-46106
Instructor: Julie Bolton
In this course we will explore chmcter development through
scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov,
Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the
slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will
prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim
exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered
periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity!
Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics
SPC 116
Time: I
Room: Stage 11
Television News Production
SPC 344-46072
Instructor: Mark Ambroze
This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on
location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing,
shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be
based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the
quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom
setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information.
The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes.
Time: I
Room: W S A , Golden Valley
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-46011
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington Interims
Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top
POL 398-46084
The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking
POL 398-46085
These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January
17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and
Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A.
Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing
ART 163-46040
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a
rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but
they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation.
Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher
or lot the student registers for the course.
Alpine Skiing
HPE 002-46089
Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at
Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for
six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets.
Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W
American Karate
HPE 002-46086
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F
Room: Melby
Badminton
Racquetball
HPE 001-46087
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m.
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46088
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m.
Room: Melby
Running
Weight Training
HPE 002-46091
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1 2Noon
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46090
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers
overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or
I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends
October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only.
~
A m e r i c m Writern in Europe
Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre
CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce
ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands
n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL
H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe
n China: The Midwest Connection
n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment
f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain
n Englilish School and Family
n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture
n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna
n Hawaii: A Cultural. History
f l Health Care in Europe
H IsLmda of the Mediterranean
n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church
!l
Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland
Legal London
London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power
"Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture
Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt
Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey
Soviet U'nian: Culture and History
Spain, A Country in Transition
The Spirit of Ireland
Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd
'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r
NOTES
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1985
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS...
Show more
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS
. . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . .
P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC
. . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports
1985
Interim Catalog
AUGSBURC
COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same
amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
january 1985
S M T W T F S
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
..................................................................................Interim Registration
............................................................................Late Interim Registration
.......................................................................................... First Day of Interim
November 5-9
December 10
January 3
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
Last day for withdrawing from full courses
Interim ends
...................................................................................
..............................
...................................................
....................................................................................................
fanuary 4
January 17
January 21
January 30
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
.....................
.
.............................. First group of half credit courses begins
January 3
January4
January 9
January 11
January 16
Ianr~ary17
January 1R
...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses
........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses
....................
.
.........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm
....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis
.................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins
..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es
janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses
January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses
Iant~ary30 ....................
........ .
.
.
.........*....................................... lnfcrim ends
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged
the first day of class.
POSTMASTER
Volume 115, Number 4
Winter 1984
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer,
Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454.
Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on
the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least
three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time
enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to
complete one interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At
the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized
by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses
are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
Lifetime Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three
overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are
under the following departments:
Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands
German-The Rhine Frontier
Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims
offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as
travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in
the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually
cannot be made after that date.
There will be no June interim in 1985.
Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning
contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20.
Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study
(upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy
l
(lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers
or
arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent
direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study
must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by he supervising fac~~lty
memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms
before re~isiralior~
can be obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution
whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted
in thr Interim O f f ~ c The
.
Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration
at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e
will
s b r donr at
Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I!
otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation
(ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim
witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn
to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial
fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course.
Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms
~
provided by the interim rlffice af their own
schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay
on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made
to the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national
or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230).
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
Courses
Art Interim '85: Washington
D.C. and New York
ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502
Instructor: Philip Thompson
This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in
Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait
Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in
New York to the studios of emerging artists.
Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be
spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip
will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete
personal projects or assignments.
Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a
directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit.
The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most
meals and tours.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I............ Room: O M 17
The Biology of Aging
B I O 185-4504
Instructor: Robert Herforth
At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be
influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the
biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What
factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging
the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current
theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These
and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and
discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
The
idl log^ of
~~ricul'ture
B I O 234-4505
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the
relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing
too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted
from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature
of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning,
etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production?
Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on
one test, class participation and a log of readings.
Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9
Immunology
BIO 386-4506
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112
Time: II
Room: S 205
.............
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321 -4507
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business
functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large
and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what
students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will
encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week
and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material.
Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students
prepare and present.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I ............ Room: O M 11
r
Chemistr for Changing Times
CHM 100 - 4 08
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill
of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for
understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts
were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In
recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence
l
lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live
in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5,
vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs,
searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation,
and it goes on and on. Ernottons
and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged
out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature
of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng
appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to
~~nderstand
ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take
a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun
format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be
used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or
223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I.............. Room: S 315
Understanding International Trade and Finance
ECO 360-4509
Instructor: Ed Sabella
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations.
We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on
the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor
Time: II..............Room: M 22
Elements of Mathematical Economics
ECO 353-4510
Instructor: Satya Gupta
In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will
be designed to help attain this goal.
Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved.
Evaluation will be through tests and assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 123
Time: II........... Room: O M 23
Teacher Education with New Boundaries
EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about
teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The
student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will
include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also
help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and
to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research:
1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job
market, salary scale and level of living.
2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers.
3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools
along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc.
Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum
or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive
study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district.
The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources
for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system.
As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education
projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be
submitted in completed form.
Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student
will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location
of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill
the requirements of the course.
Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor
Time: I .................. Room: L 6
m
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 451 1
EDS482-4512
EDS 483 - 4513
EDS 484 - 4514
EDE 481 - 451 5
EDE482-4516
EDE 483 - 451 7
EDE 484 - 4518
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading P/N only
Time: I .................. Room: L 4
The Short Story
ENG 240-4521, 340-4522
Instructor: Richard Sargent
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories
will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C.
Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the
experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing
and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among
the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities.
Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the
short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate
the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of
approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would
be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college
level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on
a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay
exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with
clarity.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: I ............... Room: M 23
Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem
ENG 362-4523
Instructor: John Mitchell
Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts,
for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe
p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants'
own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there
will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq
will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems
and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng
will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for
P/N credit.
Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and
submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184.
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor
Time: II........... Room: O M 13
Beginning French I
FRE 11 1-4524
Instructor: Ruth Askov
This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will
practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some
reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures
at a rudini~ntnrylevel.
are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng
and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion
Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic.
There w ~ l be
l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: II........... Room: O M 25
January 3-27, 1985
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333-4525
w d D zkh
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s
clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque
and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought
in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl
!
l~fe
and left so many monuments
between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this
area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen,
to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany.
The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites.
Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments
dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are
less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German
according to the student's entering level of competence.
P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German.
Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent
Cost: $1690
Distribution: Foreign Language
-
Beginning Spanish II
SPA 112-4526
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It
is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past
tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable
for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests,
exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I ............ Room: O M 25
a
? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying
GST 165-4527
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
edit
s
Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received
s are
s
. .
grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7
level
an ~lif-ithadL,,,I
and (2) to develop, in the process, competency
excellent
in writing/gaad papers.
Students will work with
I
such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation,
L U uC c
and
originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical
trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen.
G
The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based
degree of
(of?)
on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills.
Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been
submitted to him
Time: I............ Room: O M 22
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 - 4528
Instructor: Bethany Shifflett
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade
is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
.of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4529
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 13
.........................
+
January 5-24, 1985
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-4530
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of
sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard
a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew
member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip
planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and
a final written exam will be given.
Cost: $21 00
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-4531
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor
coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a 112 credit course.
Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481 -4532
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There
will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready
for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based
upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are
e no prerequisites,
it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4536
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe."
There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick
out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization
than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe
history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some
rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading
ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as
lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp
r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the
city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our
talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our
enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course
and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part
of the evaluation). There will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns
Time: II................Room: P 3
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162-4537
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations.
Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably
a test.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: O M 16
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-4534, 320-4535
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and
social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems
ir
~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc,
Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups
r
will Involve
boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts.
Course w ~ lutilize
l
ethnir. sprakt~rs
(Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr
format. Tticre wilt
he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns,
films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all
l d
these arp
important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal.
There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc.
Prerequisites: Lower Division, None
Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History and Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: L 1
Introduction to Oral History
HIS 481-4538
Instructor: Rrchard Nelson
This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from
oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during
.the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication
of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based
on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn.
Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor
Trme: II................Room: O M 10
The Philosophy of Healing
INS 141-4547, 341 -4548
J
.+
522
Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer
Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the
body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness
Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon
that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the
mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either
diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question,
"How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve,
attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal
apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that
when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health.
I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng,
western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team
about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture,
biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on.
Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be
expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course
for lower drvisron credlt.
Time: II................Room: O M 16
Brush Up
MAT 103-4539
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students
scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u&
&
vdbe pmkuia'dh WI
forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w
of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine
study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to
deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs
completely rndividuallzed.
Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I ................Room: S 112
Mathematical Modeling
M A T 132-4069
Instructor: Paul Hulse
This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study
selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical
methods of mathematics to study these problems.
Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: S 2 13
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
M A T 136-4540, 336-4541
-
Instructor: Henrv Follinastad
An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates
present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life,
and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to
show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their
links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented
to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper
is required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will
present extensive oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: O M 23
FORTRAN
M A T 270-4567
Instructor: Leo Lake
A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of
languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the
scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will
involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project
on which grading will be based.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175
or BUS 250)
Time: II................Room: S 112
Special Functions and Their Applications
in the Physical Scien~ces
M A T 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
(See description under Physics)
Introduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 1 10-4543
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce.
Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including
mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve
how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips,
classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in
Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5
participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation.
A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be
flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon.
Fee: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: I1................Room: M 24
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-4544, 329-4545
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students
will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I ................Room: M 4
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-4546
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care.
Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~
and written exam~nations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I ................Room: O M 12
el
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-4568
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the
principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing
the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns,
forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be
included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an
elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions
per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project.
Prerequisites: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: S 31 5
Time: II................
1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science ~ i n i m e s t e r
PHY 322-4549
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation
of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I ................Room: S 24
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-4550
MAT 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will
acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre
polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a
complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer
will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I ................Room: O M 21
The United Nations
POL 166-4551, 366-4552
Instructor: Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of:
a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations,
d
b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member
states of the Sectlrily Council,
C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations.
d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil.
The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit,
Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance
in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory.
Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political
processes o l r h Security
~
Council.
Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil
Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence
Time: II................Room: M 23
Self-identity and Values
PSY 110-4553
Inslructot: Norman Ferguson
The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity"
(Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty
and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will
c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat
lssue~Illat relate to thc
conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as:
the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y
and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof
~ rsex
roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during
aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty
and spirilual grriwth,
Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~
participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual
experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and
possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a
rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology.
Gr~rlingP/N only.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: I ................Room: P 1
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-4554
Instructor: Bradley Hot!
This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be
introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
!he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian
Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies
in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and
discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: II ................Room: O M 18
i
W
January 2-26, 1985
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
REL 321 -4555
Instructor: John Benson
A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh
t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn
in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following:
r p ~ c l aatlenlinn
l
IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm
ntl
and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl
~on
i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese
Rutirllilsm ;n
I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st
~
oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons)
to 1 I i ~
P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts
l~.
will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse
cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t .
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal.
Grading: P/N only
Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Cost: $1 745
Distribution: Religion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-4556
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the
Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and
cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an
overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~
will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the
Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y,
s o c ~ o l o ~and
y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will
include two exams and one short paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: I ................Room: M 24
Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261 -4560
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has
functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies
in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the
extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin
Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class
will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic
community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a
final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Time: I ................Room: M 22
Exploring the Human Services
SWK 257-4557
Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams
Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h
readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human
services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before
the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course.
Objec!tves:
1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving,
3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining.
4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls.
5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding
nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld.
Time: I ................Room: P 3
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559
(l/2
course)
Instructor. Maria Brown
The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5
wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal
work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving
process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional
praclice Interests, areas
of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn
the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5.
Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy.
Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week
in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If
for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status
Time: Arrange with instructor
Imagination and Humor in Communication
SPC 165-4561, 365-4562
Instructor: Ray Anderson
Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication
thc lunctinns of
competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand
imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking;
and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor.
Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of
assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5
Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw
interests of the class.
Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper
division students, one or more additional papers will be required.
Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English
Time: II................Room: L 1
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285-4563
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by
the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2
Other Courses
These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College
but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost
$1 74.
POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change?
POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers
Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits,
and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington,
D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry
official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students
may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Weightlifting
HPE 002-4571
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:20 ................Melby
Running
HPE 002-4572
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1998
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
..................... - 4
..................... - 6
Visiting Students ................ 7
Calendar ........................8
About This Catalog.................9
Interim Courses .................. 10
Lifetime Sports ................... 44
UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6
Also On ..........
Show more
..................... - 4
..................... - 6
Visiting Students ................ 7
Calendar ........................8
About This Catalog.................9
Interim Courses .................. 10
Lifetime Sports ................... 44
UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6
Also On ..................... 33
Other Courses ...................47
Introduction
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3'12
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. It is expected
that students will attend every class period; however, each
instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for
hislher course. Students can register for only one course
credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only
on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either Upper or Lower Division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for Upper Division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. A maximum
of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33
course credits required for graduation. Transfer students
should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult
the Registrar for the number of Interim courses required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half-credit
classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The
lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time
(fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged Day School tuition
($1,497) per course credit. If they do so they may take only
1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for winter
trimester.
It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Options
International Interim-Students are invited to be part of
one of the 25 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education
(UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the
end of this catalog.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 12. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of fall
classes (Friday, December 12). The learning agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education'Office.
Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (Upper Division
499) or directed study (Lower Division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Registrar's Office.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the
other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular
registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at
other 4- 1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but
may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's genera1 education requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver
of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $1,497 for the Interim
course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg
Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application
forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Residence Life Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses.
Interim Calendar 1998
November 17 to December 5 . ......... Interim registration
First day of Interim
January 5 . . ........................
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 6
............Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day for determining
grading option with Registrar
January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses
.............................. Interim ends
February 2 . .....................Spring semester begins
February 6 ...............Interim grades due to Registrar
January 28
The time, number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1: 8:00 a.m. to noon (Note: on the first day, Time I
classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, January 19, at 1:OOp.m.
Afternoon classes begin following the convocation.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
+
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at 330- 1150.
Internal & Operational Audit
ACC 424-1
Instructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using
techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management,
marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control
systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the
traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and
discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement
techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing.
Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project
and final examination.
Prerequisiles:ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
GradualionSkill Requirements: Speaking, Writing
Maximum Enrollment 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
Life Drawing
ART 247-1
Instructor: Norm Holen
A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various
settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based
upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to
be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective:Aesthelics
Maximum Enrollment 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Tribal Arts And Culture
ART 290-1
Instructor: Steve Chapman
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through
the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other
content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and
drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce
various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture or prints.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 4
Calligraphy I & I1
ART 106-1
ART 306-1
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design
through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special
attention given to foundation, italic, gothic and uncial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is based
on quality of work plus participation and growth factors.
Upper Division students are required to complete examples in
three historical writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthelics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
Seeds of Change
BIO 145-1
lnstructoc Esther McLaughlin
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically
important plants to study some of the ways in which humans
and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not
only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in
non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines,
fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced
human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural
history and classification of several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams,
several quizzes and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Nalural World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Florida Keys Marine
Biology Studies
BIO 140-1
BIO 340-1
Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson
1\,1
1;
--
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2'12 weeks in Florida at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine
Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going
research platforms, housing and a dining hall. Field trips to
coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass
flats, mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and
communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory.
Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the
station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a
period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key
West and the Everglades will be included.
Evaluation will be based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 810 140: Any one of the follow in^ courses or their equivalents810 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor.
BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the
research project, and (5) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 810 340: 810 351 or 810 481 or consent of the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
BUS 368-1
Instructor: Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students.
Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions
of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and
final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone
majoring or minoring in international business or any field of
business administration as well as anyone interested in Japan.
Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in
this course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Contemporary International
Business and Trade Issues
BUS 495-1
Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
The practical applications of the commercial policies of the
major trading nations such as the U.S., Japan and Pacific Rim
countries will be explained. The impact of the institutional
and systematic changes in China, Russia, Central and Eastern
Europe on the volume and structure of the international
investment and business will be examined. Newest developments regarding the European Union, NAFTA and Central
European Free Trade Agreement will be discussed and
analyzed. A seminar model will be used with a multimedia
approach and guest speakers. Class will meet three times a
week. Evaluation will be based on a research paper, an oral
presentation of the research paper and class participation.
This seminar should be of special interest to anyone majoring
or minoring in international business or any field of business
administration, as well as anyone interested in current international issues.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or BUS 362 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I - M, kt! Th
Room: Old Main 22
The Individual and the Organization
BUS 495-0
SPC 495-0
Instructors: Deb Bart and Tom Morgan
How do you maintain your personal identity in the workplace? Must you sacrifice your identity to be successful in corporate America? This course explores these questions by
focusing on the roles the individual plays within both forprofit and not-for-profit organizations. Emphasis will be
placed on the individual's interpersonal, group and organizational relationships. Several assessment instruments will be
used to help participants better understand themselves and
others in their attempts to become more effective communicators. Journals, projects and class participation will be used
to evaluate performance. This course is designed for students
majoring or minoring in business or in communication.
Prerequisite: Junior or senior business or communication majors/minors
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHM 100-1
lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United
States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to
understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific
concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance
of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers,
plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage,
food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and
non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and
illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of
energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these
problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about
chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to
understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some
of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score of total points on the daily quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1
Liberal A ~ l sPerspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science
and Communications
CSC 160-1
Instructor Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical
circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer
science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with
frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading
will be based on examinations, labs and homework. This
is not a course in computer applications or how to use
computers, although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
UNIX and C
CSC 272-1
Instructor Noel Petit
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollm